Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM 10-K

 


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005

Commission file number: 000-33063

 


SIERRA BANCORP

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

California   33-0937517
State of incorporation  

I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number

86 North Main Street

Porterville, California

  93257
Address of principal executive offices   Zip Code

(559) 782-4900

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

 


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, No Par Value

 


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.      ¨   Yes     x   No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     ¨   Yes     x   No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     x   Yes     ¨   No

Check if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.

Large accelerated filer   ¨     Accelerated filer   x     Non-accelerated filer   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     ¨   Yes     x   No

As of June 30, 2005, the last business day of Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately $122 million, based on the closing price reported to the Registrant on that date of $22.68 per share.

Shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and each person owning more than five percent of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of the affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

The number of shares of Common Stock of the registrant outstanding as of January 31, 2006 was 9,752,555.

Documents Incorporated by Reference : Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to SEC Regulation 14A are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10-14.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    ITEM

       PAGE

PART I

           3
    Item 1.   Business    3
    Item 1A.   Risk Factors    14
    Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments    17
    Item 2.   Properties    17
    Item 3.   Legal Proceedings    17
    Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    18

PART II

           18
    Item 5.  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   18
    Item 6.   Selected Financial Data    19
    Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    21
    Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk    49
    Item 8.   Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data    49
    Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure    89
    Item 9A.   Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures    89
    Item 9B.   Other Information    91

PART III

           91
    Item 10.   Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant    91
    Item 11.   Executive Compensation    91
    Item 12.  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

   92
    Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions    92
    Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services    92

PART IV

           93
    Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules    93

SIGNATURES

   96

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

The Company

Sierra Bancorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is headquartered in Porterville, California. The Company was incorporated in November 2000 and acquired all of the outstanding shares of Bank of the Sierra (the “Bank”) in August 2001. The Company’s principal subsidiary is the Bank, and the Company exists primarily for the purpose of holding the stock of the Bank and of such other subsidiaries it may acquire or establish. The Company’s only other direct subsidiaries are Sierra Capital Trust I, which was formed in November 2001 solely to facilitate the issuance of capital trust pass-through securities, and Sierra Statutory Trust II, formed in March 2004 also for the purpose of issuing variable-rate capital trust pass-through securities. This additional regulatory capital has enabled the Company to stay on track with expansion plans without any impairment of risk-based capital ratios. Pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (FIN 46), Sierra Capital Trust I and Sierra Statutory Trust II are not reflected on a consolidated basis in the financial statements of the Company.

The Company’s principal source of income is dividends from the Bank, although supplemental sources of income may be explored in the future. The expenditures of the Company, including (but not limited to) the payment of dividends to shareholders, if and when declared by the Board of Directors, the cost of servicing debt, legal fees, audit fees, and shareholder costs will generally be paid from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had consolidated assets of $1.05 billion, deposits of $816 million and shareholders’ equity of $79 million. The Company’s liabilities include $30 million in debt obligations due to Sierra Capital Trust I and Sierra Statutory Trust II, related to capital trust pass-through securities issued by those entities.

References herein to the “Company” include the Company and its consolidated subsidiary, unless the context indicates otherwise.

The Bank

The Bank is a California state-chartered bank headquartered in Porterville, California. It was incorporated in September 1977 and opened for business in January 1978, and has grown to be the largest independent bank headquartered in the South San Joaquin Valley. The Bank is a multi-community independent bank that offers a full range of banking services to individuals and businesses primarily in the central and southern sections of California’s San Joaquin Valley. We operate twenty full service branch offices throughout this geographic footprint, and have received regulatory approvals for a branch in the city of Delano. The Bank’s two newest branches commenced operations in Reedley in December 2005 and Bakersfield in February 2006, and our next branch is expected to open in the city of Delano in the third quarter of 2006. Prior to 1997, Bank of the Sierra expanded its branch network exclusively by establishing de novo full-service branch offices and credit centers. In February 1997 we made our first branch purchase of the Dinuba Office of Wells Fargo Bank. Between February 1997 and September 1999 we opened three additional de novo offices in Tulare, Hanford, and Fresno. In May 2000, we added four branches by the acquisition of Sierra National Bank (“SNB”): one in Bakersfield, another in California City, and two in Tehachapi. The locations of the Bank’s current offices are:

 

Porterville:   

Administrative Headquarters

86 North Main Street

  

Main Office

90 North Main Street

 

West Olive Branch

1498 West Olive Avenue

Bakersfield:   

Bakersfield California Office

5060 California Avenue

  

Bakersfield Ming Office

8500 Ming Avenue

 

Bakersfield Riverlakes Office

4060 Coffee Road

 

3


Table of Contents
California City:   

California City Office

8031 California City Blvd.

        
Clovis:   

Clovis Office

1710 Clovis Avenue

        
Dinuba:   

Dinuba Office

401 East Tulare Street

        
Exeter:   

Exeter Office

1103 West Visalia Road

        
Fresno:   

Fresno Shaw Office

636 East Shaw Avenue

  

Fresno Herndon Office

7029 N. Ingram Avenue

   
Hanford:   

Hanford Office

427 West Lacey Boulevard

        
Lindsay:   

Lindsay Office

142 South Mirage Avenue

        
Reedley:   

Reedley Office

1095 W. Manning Street

        
Tehachapi:   

Tehachapi Downtown Office

224 West “F” Street

  

Tehachapi Old Town Office

21000 Mission Street

   
Three Rivers:   

Three Rivers Office

40884 Sierra Drive

        
Tulare:   

Tulare Office

246 East Tulare Avenue

        
Visalia:   

Visalia Mooney Office

2515 South Mooney Blvd.

  

Visalia Downtown Office

128 East Main Street

   

The Bank’s gross loan and lease balances at the end of 2005 totaled $741 million. The Bank’s lending activities are well-diversified and include real estate, commercial (including small business), agricultural, and retail loans. The bulk of our real estate loans are secured by commercial or professional office properties which are predominantly owner-occupied. In addition, we staff our Fresno, Visalia, Porterville, and Bakersfield offices with real estate lending specialists who are responsible for a complete line of land acquisition and development loans, construction loans for residential and commercial development, and multifamily credit facilities. Secondary market services are provided through the Bank’s affiliations with Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and various non-governmental programs. To round out our real estate lending products we have an arrangement with Moneyline Lending Services, Inc. (“Moneyline”), whereby Moneyline underwrites single-family mortgage loans for qualifying Bank customers referred to them via Bank-branded delivery channels (i.e., Bank branches, the Bank’s internet site, and a dedicated telephone line).

Agricultural Credit Centers located in Fresno and Porterville provide a complete line of credit services in support of the agricultural activities that are key to the continued economic development of the communities we serve. “Ag lending” clients include a full range of individual farming customers, small business farming organizations, and major corporate farming units. We also actively engage in Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lending, and for the SBA’s fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 the only bank to book a larger number of SBA loans in the Central California District was Bank of America. We have been designated as an SBA Preferred Lender since 1999, and Bank of the Sierra is a participant in the SBA’s innovative “Community Express” program. Our principal retail lending services include home equity lines, consumer loans, and credit card loans.

As of December 31, 2005, the percentage of our total loan and lease portfolio for each of the principal areas in which we directed our lending activities were as follows: (i) loans secured by real estate (72.5%); (ii) commercial and industrial (including SBA) loans (16.5%); (iii) consumer loans (6.9%); (iv) agricultural loans (1.3%); (v) credit cards (1.5%); and (vi) direct finance leases (1.4%). Real estate loans and related activities generated total revenue of $40.2 million in 2005 and $33.4 million in 2004. Real-estate secured loans, loan sales, and loan servicing activities generated approximately 54% of our total interest and other income for both 2005 and 2004.

 

4


Table of Contents

In addition to loans, we offer a wide range of deposit products for retail and business banking markets including checking accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, savings accounts, time deposits and retirement accounts. Telephone banking and internet banking with bill-pay are options for our deposit customers. We attract deposits from throughout our market area with a customer-oriented product mix, competitive pricing, convenient locations, and drive-up banking, all provided with the highest level of customer service. At December 31, 2005 we had 58,620 deposit accounts totaling approximately $816 million, compared to 55,833 deposit accounts totaling approximately $743 million as of December 31, 2004.

We offer a multitude of other products and services to complement our lending and deposit services. These include installment note collection, cashier’s checks, traveler’s checks, gift cards, bank-by-mail, ATM, night depository, safe deposit boxes, direct deposit, automated payroll services, electronic funds transfers, on-line banking, and other customary banking services. During the past few years we have added offsite ATM’s, thereby increasing consumer convenience by facilitating cash advances and deposit capabilities not otherwise available at non-branch locations. We currently operate offsite ATM’s at seven different locations, and we also utilize a mobile ATM unit at fairs, exhibitions, and various other community functions within our market area. The most recently opened kiosk-style offsite ATM’s commenced operations in late 2003 and October 2004 in Visalia and Tehachapi, respectively. We have a Spanish language option on our own network of ATM’s, and shared ATM and Point of Sale (POS) networks allow our customers access to national and international funds transfer networks. In addition, we have established a convenient customer service group accessible by toll-free telephone to answer questions and promote a high level of customer service.

In order to provide non-deposit investment options we have developed a strategic alliance with Investment Centers of America, Inc. of Bismarck, North Dakota (“ICA”). Through this arrangement, registered and licensed representatives of ICA provide our customers with convenient access to annuities, insurance products, mutual funds, and a full range of investment products. They conduct business from offices located in our Porterville, Visalia, Tulare, Tehachapi and Fresno branches.

Sierra Real Estate Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“REIT”), was a consolidated subsidiary of the Bank until its dissolution in the fourth quarter of 2005. The REIT was formed and capitalized in 2002 for the primary purposes of investing in the Bank’s real-estate related assets, and enhancing and strengthening the Bank’s capital position and earnings. Management considered using the REIT to issue additional preferred stock to enhance the Company’s capital, however this proved to be an expensive option in comparison to capital trust pass-through securities. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Bank came to the conclusion that the REIT was not fulfilling the purposes intended nor did it appear likely that it ever would. Accordingly, in November 2005, upon the approval of the Bank’s board of directors and the REIT’s board of trustees, the REIT was dissolved. For more information on the REIT, see Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Income Taxes.

We have not engaged in any material research activities related to the development of new products or services during the last two fiscal years. However, our officers and employees are continually searching for ways to increase public convenience, enhance public access to the electronic payments system, and enable us to improve our competitive position. In 2005, for example, we researched health savings accounts and began offering them to customers, implemented a gift card product, and opened a new branch in the city of Reedley. In January of 2004, we converted our core bank processing and online banking systems to increase efficiency and improve customer service. During 2003 we began offering lease financing as an alternative to loans and implemented an extensive customer service training program, among other things. And, in 2002 the Bank brought its item processing function in-house and simultaneously implemented check imaging, enabling us to take full advantage of electronic check image collection and presentment as the adoption of this technology becomes increasingly popular. The cost to the Bank for these development, operations, and marketing activities cannot be specifically calculated with any degree of certainty.

 

5


Table of Contents

We hold no patents or licenses (other than licenses required by appropriate bank regulatory agencies), franchises, or concessions. Our business has a modest seasonal component due to the heavy agricultural orientation of the Central Valley. As our branches in more metropolitan areas such as Fresno and Bakersfield have expanded, however, the agriculture-related base has become less important. We are not dependent on a single customer or group of related customers for a material portion of our deposits, nor is a material portion of our loans concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries. The amounts expended on compliance with new government and regulatory initiatives related to anti-terrorism, corporate responsibility, and customer privacy have not been insignificant. However, as far as can be reasonably determined there has been no material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings, or competitive position as a result of Federal, state, or local environmental regulation.

Recent Developments

As noted in the previous section, the Bank’s REIT was dissolved in November 2005. This dissolution did not have a material impact on the financial operations of the Company, nor is it expected to have any impact going forward.

In December 2005, the Company sold $13 million of its investment securities at a loss of approximately $400,000. The proceeds from the sale have been reinvested in higher-yielding bonds with longer maturities and less negative convexity. None of the traded securities were part of the leverage strategy that was implemented in April 2004.

In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company decided to charge off a $2.5 million unsecured commercial loan that had been placed on non-accrual status in the first quarter. The decision to charge off this credit was made because of deterioration in the borrower’s state of affairs, which created a high degree of uncertainty with regard to the timing and amount of any future payments. We are still, however, vigorously pursuing the collection of this credit. Since a full reserve had already been provided, the charge-off did not have any further impact on our income statement.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Information on recent accounting pronouncements is contained in Footnote 2 to the Financial Statements.

Competition

The banking business in California in general, and specifically in many of our market areas, is highly competitive with respect to virtually all products and services and has become increasingly more so in recent years. The industry continues to consolidate, and unregulated competitors have entered banking markets with products targeted at highly profitable customer segments. Many largely unregulated competitors are able to compete across geographic boundaries, and provide customers with meaningful alternatives to nearly all significant banking services and products. These competitive trends are likely to continue.

With respect to commercial bank competitors, the business is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks that operate a large number of offices within our geographic footprint. For the combined Tulare, Kern, Fresno, and Kings county region, the four counties within which the Company operates, the top seven institutions are all multi-billion dollar entities with an aggregate of 175 offices that control a combined 68.4% of deposit market share based on June 30, 2005 FDIC market share data. Bank of the Sierra ranks eighth with a 4.5% share of total deposits. In Tulare County, however, where the Bank was originally formed, we rank first for total number of branch locations (9), and second for deposit market share with 17.4% of total deposits, behind only Bank of America (23.3%). The largest portion of deposits in the combined four-county area also belongs to Bank of America (25.1%), followed by Wells Fargo (13.2%) and Washington Mutual (8.1%). Union Bank of California, Fremont Investment & Loan, Citibank, and Bank of the West round out the top seven. These banks have, among other advantages, the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their resources to regions of highest yield and demand. They can also offer certain services that we do not offer directly but may offer indirectly through correspondent institutions. By virtue of their greater total capitalization, these banks also have substantially higher lending limits than do smaller community banks. For customers whose needs exceed our legal lending limit, we arrange for the sale, or “participation”, of some of the balances to financial institutions that are not within our geographic footprint.

 

6


Table of Contents

In addition to other banks, our competitors include savings institutions, credit unions, and numerous non-banking institutions such as finance companies, leasing companies, insurance companies, brokerage firms, and investment banking firms. In recent years, increased competition has also developed from specialized companies that offer wholesale finance, credit card, and other consumer finance services, including on-line banking services and personal financial software. Strong competition for deposit and loan products affects interest rates and other terms on which they are offered to customers. Mergers between financial institutions have placed additional pressure on other banks within the industry to remain competitive by streamlining their operations, reducing expenses, and increasing revenues. Competition has also intensified due to federal and state interstate banking laws enacted in the mid-1990’s, which permit banking organizations to expand into other states. The relatively large and expanding California market has been particularly attractive to out-of-state institutions. The Financial Modernization Act, effective March 11, 2000 (see “– Regulation and Supervision – Financial Modernization Act”), has made it possible for full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial companies, and has also intensified competitive conditions.

Our credit card business is subject to an even higher level of competitive pressure than our general banking business. There are a number of major banks and credit card issuers that are able to finance highly visible and extremely successful advertising campaigns with which community banks generally do not have the resources to compete. As a result, our credit card accounts and outstanding balances are likely to increase at a slower rate than for nationwide issuers. Additional competition comes from many non-financial institutions, such as retailers that offer credit cards.

Technological innovations have also resulted in increased competition in financial services markets. Such innovation has, for example, made it possible for non-depository institutions to offer customers automated transfer payment services that previously were considered traditional banking products. In addition, many customers now expect a choice of delivery channels, including telephone, mail, home computer, ATMs, self-service branches, and/or in-store branches. Competitors offering such products include traditional banks as well as savings associations, credit unions, brokerage firms, asset management groups, finance and insurance companies, internet-only financial intermediaries, and mortgage banking firms.

For years we have countered rising competition by offering a broad array of products in an innovative and flexible manner. We are able to offer our customers community-oriented, personalized service that cannot always be matched by the major banks. We rely on local promotional activity, personal contacts by our officers, directors, employees, and shareholders, and individualized service provided through accommodative policies. This approach appears to be well-received by the populace of the San Joaquin Valley, who appreciate a high-touch, customer-oriented environment in which to conduct their financial transactions. Other competitive advantages include our retention of drive-up teller windows, which have been eliminated by much of the competition, and our “preferred lender” or “PLP” status with the Small Business Administration, which enables us to approve SBA loans faster than many of our competitors. Layered on top of the Company’s traditional personal-contact banking philosophy are sophisticated telephone banking, internet banking, and online bill payment capabilities, which were initiated to meet the needs of customers with electronic access requirements and provide automated 24-hour banking. This high-tech and high-touch approach allows individuals to customize access to the Company to their particular preference.

Employees

As of December 31, 2005 the Company had 266 full-time and 109 part-time employees. On a full time equivalent basis, the Company’s staffing stood at 351 at December 31, 2005, as compared to 344 at December 31, 2004. Staff was added during 2005 primarily for the new office in Reedley.

Regulation and Supervision

The Company and the Bank are subject to significant regulation by federal and state regulatory agencies. The following discussion of statutes and regulations is only a brief summary and does not purport to be complete. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations. No assurance can be given that such statutes or regulations will not change in the future.

 

7


Table of Contents

The Company

The Company’s stock is traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol BSRR, and as such the Company is subject to Nasdaq rules and regulations including those related to corporate governance. The Company is also subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) which requires the Company to file annual, quarterly and other current reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company is subject to additional regulations including, but not limited to, the proxy and tender offer rules promulgated by the SEC under Sections 13 and 14 of the Exchange Act; the reporting requirements of directors, executive officers and principal shareholders regarding transactions in the Company’s Common Stock and short-swing profits rules promulgated by the SEC under Section 16 of the Exchange Act; and certain additional reporting requirements by principal shareholders of the Company promulgated by the SEC under Section 13 of the Exchange Act. As a publicly traded company which had more than $75 million in public float as of June 30, 2005, the Company is classified as an “accelerated filer.” In addition to accelerated time frames for filing SEC periodic reports, this also means that the Company is subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with regard to documenting, testing, and attesting to internal controls over financial reporting.

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is registered as such with the Federal Reserve Board. A bank holding company is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board annual reports and other information regarding its business operations and those of its subsidiaries. It is also subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve Board and is required to obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, it would directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the voting stock of that bank, unless it already owns a majority of the voting stock of that bank.

The Federal Reserve Board has by regulation determined certain activities in which a bank holding company may or may not conduct business. A bank holding company must engage, with certain exceptions, in the business of banking or managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to or performing services for its subsidiary banks. The permissible activities and affiliations of certain bank holding companies were expanded in 2000 by the Financial Modernization Act. (See “– Financial Modernization Act” below.)

The Company and the Bank are deemed to be affiliates of each other within the meaning set forth in the Federal Reserve Act and are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. This means, for example, that there are limitations on loans by the Bank to affiliates, and that all affiliate transactions must satisfy certain limitations and otherwise be on terms and conditions at least as favorable to the Bank as would be available for non-affiliates.

The Federal Reserve Board has a policy that bank holding companies must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to their subsidiary banks. It is the Federal Reserve Bank’s position that bank holding companies should stand ready to use their available resources to provide adequate capital to their subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity. Bank holding companies should also maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting their subsidiary banks.

The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate bank holding company debt, including the authority to impose interest rate ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Federal Reserve Board may require the Company to file written notice and obtain its approval prior to purchasing or redeeming the Company’s equity securities.

The Bank

As a California state-chartered bank whose accounts are insured by the FDIC up to a maximum of $100,000 per depositor, the Bank is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the California Department of Financial Institutions (the “DFI”) and the FDIC. In addition, while the Bank is not a member of the Federal Reserve System, it is subject to certain regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. The regulations of these agencies govern most aspects of the Bank’s business, including the making of periodic reports by the Bank, and the Bank’s activities relating to dividends, investments, loans, borrowings, capital requirements, certain check-clearing activities,

 

8


Table of Contents

branching, mergers and acquisitions, reserves against deposits and numerous other areas. Supervision and examination of the Bank by the FDIC and any legal actions taken by the FDIC with respect thereto are generally intended to protect depositors and are not intended for the protection of shareholders.

The earnings and growth of the Bank are largely dependent on its ability to maintain a favorable differential or “spread” between the yield on its interest-earning assets and the rates paid on its deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities. As a result, the Bank’s performance is influenced by general economic conditions, both domestic and foreign, the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government, and the policies of the regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (such as seeking to curb inflation and combat recession) by means of open-market operations in United States Government securities, adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements, and varying the discount rate applicable to borrowings by banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates on loans and deposits. The nature and impact of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

Capital Adequacy Requirements

The Company and the Bank are subject to the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, respectively, governing capital adequacy. Each of the federal regulators has established risk-based and leverage capital guidelines for the banks or bank holding companies it regulates, which set total capital requirements and define capital in terms of “core capital elements,” or Tier 1 capital; and “supplemental capital elements,” or Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital is generally defined as the sum of the core capital elements less goodwill and certain other deductions, notably the unrealized net gains or losses (after tax adjustments) on available for sale investment securities carried at fair market value. The following items are defined as core capital elements: (i) common shareholders’ equity; (ii) qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus (not to exceed 25% of tier 1 capital plus goodwill); and (iii) minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. At December 31, 2005, approximately one-fourth of the Company’s Tier 1 capital consisted of trust preferred securities, however no assurance can be given that trust preferred securities will continue to be treated as Tier 1 capital in the future. Tier 2 capital can include: (i) allowance for loan and lease losses (but not more than 1.25% of an institution’s risk-weighted assets); (ii) perpetual preferred stock and related surplus not qualifying as core capital; (iii) hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt instruments; and (iv) term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock and related surplus (but not more than 50% of Tier 1 capital). The maximum amount of Tier 2 capital that may be recognized for risk-based capital purposes is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital, net of goodwill.

The minimum required ratio of qualifying total capital to total risk-weighted assets is 8.0% (“Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio”), at least one-half of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital, and the minimum required ratio of Tier 1 capital to total risk-weighted assets is 4.0% (“Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio”). Risk-based capital ratios are calculated to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets, and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off-balance sheet items. Under risk-based capital guidelines, the nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit-equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as unsecured loans. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, Bank-only Total Risk-Based Capital Ratios were 12.5% and 11.6%, respectively, and the Bank’s Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratios were 11.3% and 10.5%. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the consolidated Company’s Total Risk-Based Capital Ratios were 13.5% and 13.3%, respectively, and its Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratios were 12.0% and 11.3%.

The risk-based capital requirements also take into account concentrations of credit involving collateral or loan type, and the risks of “non-traditional” activities (those that have not customarily been part of the banking business). The regulations require institutions with high or inordinate levels of risk to operate with higher minimum capital standards, and authorize the regulators to review an institution’s management of such risks in assessing an institution’s capital adequacy.

 

9


Table of Contents

Additionally, the regulatory Statements of Policy on risk-based capital regulations include exposure to interest rate risk as a factor that the regulators will consider in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy, although interest rate risk does not impact the calculation of a bank’s risk-based capital ratios. Interest rate risk is the exposure of a bank’s current and future earnings and equity capital to unfavorable changes resulting from fluctuations in interest rates. While interest risk is inherent in a bank’s role as financial intermediary, it introduces volatility to earnings and to the economic value of the bank.

The FDIC and the Federal Reserve Board also require the calculation of a leverage capital ratio to supplement risk-based capital guidelines. Banks and bank holding companies that have received the highest rating of the five categories used by regulators to rate banks and are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth must maintain a ratio of Tier 1 capital (net of all intangibles) to adjusted total assets (“Leverage Capital Ratio”) of at least 3%. All other institutions are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 4% to 5%. Pursuant to federal regulations, banks must maintain capital levels commensurate with the level of risk to which they are exposed, including the volume and severity of problem loans, and federal regulators may set higher capital requirements when a bank’s particular circumstances warrant. Bank-only Leverage Capital Ratios were 9.3% and 8.5% on December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the consolidated Company’s leverage capital ratios were 9.9% and 9.2%, respectively, exceeding regulatory minimums.

For more information on the Company’s capital, see Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation – Capital Resources. Risk-based capital ratio requirements are discussed in greater detail in the following section.

Prompt Corrective Action Provisions

Federal law requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of insured financial institutions, including but not limited to those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The federal banking agencies have by regulation defined the following five capital categories: “well capitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 6%; and Leverage Ratio of 5%); “adequately capitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 8%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 4%; and Leverage Ratio of 4%, or 3% if the institution receives the highest rating from its primary regulator); “undercapitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 8%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 4%; or Leverage Ratio of less than 4%, or 3% if the institution receives the highest rating from its primary regulator); “significantly undercapitalized” (Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 6%; Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio of less than 3%; or Leverage Ratio less than 3%); and “critically undercapitalized” (tangible equity to total assets less than 2%). As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Bank was deemed to be well capitalized for regulatory capital purposes. A bank may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if after notice and the opportunity for a hearing, the appropriate federal agency finds an unsafe or unsound condition or practice so warrants, but no bank may be treated as “critically undercapitalized” unless its actual capital ratio warrants such treatment.

At each successively lower capital category, an insured bank is subject to increased restrictions on its operations. For example, a bank is generally prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or from making capital distributions if to do so would make the bank “undercapitalized.” Asset growth and branching restrictions apply to undercapitalized banks, which are required to submit written capital restoration plans meeting specified requirements (including a guarantee by the parent holding company, if any). “Significantly undercapitalized” banks are subject to broad regulatory authority, including among other things, capital directives, forced mergers, restrictions on the rates of interest they may pay on deposits, restrictions on asset growth and activities, and prohibitions on paying bonuses or increasing compensation to senior executive officers without FDIC approval. Even more severe restrictions apply to critically undercapitalized banks. Most importantly, except under limited circumstances, not later than 90 days after an insured bank becomes critically undercapitalized the appropriate federal banking agency is required to appoint a conservator or receiver for the bank.

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of

 

10


Table of Contents

any law, rule, regulation or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the issuance of cease and desist orders, termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a bank), the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, or removal and prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties.

Safety and Soundness Standards

The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository institutions. Those guidelines relate to internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan underwriting and documentation, compensation and interest rate exposure. In general, the standards are designed to assist the federal banking agencies in identifying and addressing problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan and institute enforcement proceedings if an acceptable compliance plan is not submitted.

Premiums for Deposit Insurance

The FDIC regulations also implement a risk-based premium system, whereby insured depository institutions are required to pay insurance premiums depending on their risk classification. Under this system, insured banks are categorized into one of three capital categories (well capitalized, adequately capitalized, and undercapitalized) and one of three supervisory categories based on federal regulatory evaluations. The three supervisory categories are: financially sound with only a few minor weaknesses (Group A), demonstrates weaknesses that could result in significant deterioration (Group B), and poses a substantial probability of loss (Group C). The capital ratios used by the FDIC to define well capitalized, adequately capitalized and undercapitalized are the same in the FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations. The current base assessment rates (expressed as cents per $100 of deposits) are summarized as follows:

 

     Group A

   Group B

   Group C

Well Capitalized

   0    3    17

Adequately Capitalized

   3    10    24

Undercapitalized

   10    24    27

In general, while the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund (“BIF”) maintains a reserve ratio of 1.25% or greater, no deposit insurance premiums are required. If the BIF reserve ratio were to fall below that level, all insured banks would be required to pay premiums. In February 2006, the FDIC Reform Act of 2005 was signed into law. Included in this legislation are provisions to merge the BIF and the Savings Association Insurance Fund into one fund (the “Deposit Insurance Fund”), increase insurance coverage for retirement accounts to $250,000 and index deposit insurance levels for inflation.

In addition, banks must pay an amount toward the retirement of Financing Corporation bonds issued in the 1980’s to assist in the recovery of the savings and loan industry. This amount fluctuates but for the first quarter of 2006 is 1.32 cents per $100 of insured deposits.

Community Reinvestment Act

The Bank is subject to certain requirements under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). The CRA generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires the agencies to consider a financial institution’s efforts in meeting its community credit needs when evaluating applications for, among other things, domestic branches, consummating mergers or acquisitions, or holding company formations. In measuring a bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations, the regulators utilize a performance-based evaluation system. They determine CRA ratings based on the bank’s actual lending, service, and investment activities, rather than on the extent to which the institution conducts needs assessments, documents community outreach activities or complies with other procedural requirements. In connection with its assessment of CRA performance, the FDIC assigns a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,” “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” The Bank was last examined for CRA compliance in July 2004 when it received a “satisfactory” Assessment Rating.

 

11


Table of Contents

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations

The bank regulatory agencies are increasingly focusing attention on compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations. Examination and enforcement has become intense, and banks have been advised to carefully monitor compliance with various consumer protection laws and regulations. The federal Interagency Task Force on Fair Lending issued a policy statement on discrimination in home mortgage lending describing three methods that federal agencies will use to prove discrimination: overt evidence of discrimination, evidence of disparate treatment, and evidence of disparate impact. In addition to CRA and fair lending requirements, the Bank is subject to numerous other federal consumer protection statutes and regulations. Due to heightened regulatory concern related to compliance with consumer protection laws and regulations generally, the Bank may incur additional compliance costs or be required to expend additional funds for investments in the local communities it serves.

Interstate Banking and Branching

The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 (the “Interstate Banking Act”) regulates the interstate activities of banks and bank holding companies and establishes a framework for nationwide interstate banking and branching. Since June 1, 1997, a bank has generally been permitted to merge with a bank in another state without the need for explicit state law authorization. However, states were given the ability to prohibit interstate mergers with banks in their own state by “opting-out” (enacting state legislation applying equality to all out-of-state banks prohibiting such mergers) prior to June 1, 1997.

Since 1995, adequately capitalized and managed bank holding companies have been permitted to acquire banks located in any state, subject to two exceptions: first, any state may still prohibit bank holding companies from acquiring a bank which is less than five years old; and second, no interstate acquisition can be consummated by a bank holding company if the acquirer would control more than 10% of the deposits held by insured depository institutions nationwide or 30% percent or more of the deposits held by insured depository institutions in any state in which the target bank has branches. A bank may establish and operate de novo branches in any state in which the bank does not already maintain a branch if that state has enacted legislation to expressly permit all out-of-state banks to establish branches in that state.

In 1995 California enacted legislation to implement important provisions of the Interstate Banking Act discussed above and to repeal California’s previous interstate banking laws, which were largely preempted by the Interstate Banking Act.

The changes effected by Interstate Banking Act and California laws have increased competition in the environment in which the Bank operates to the extent that out-of-state financial institutions directly or indirectly enter the Bank’s market areas. It appears that the Interstate Banking Act has contributed to accelerated consolidation within the banking industry.

Financial Modernization Act

Effective March 11, 2000, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (also known as the “Financial Modernization Act”) enabled full affiliations to occur between banks and securities firms, insurance companies, and other financial service providers. This legislation permits bank holding companies to become “financial holding companies” and thereby acquire securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is “well capitalized” and “well managed” under applicable definitions, and has at least a satisfactory rating under the CRA, by filing a declaration that the bank holding company wishes to become a financial holding company. No regulatory approval will be required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. The Company has no current intention of becoming a financial holding company, but may do at some point in the future if deemed appropriate in view of opportunities or circumstances at the time.

 

12


Table of Contents

The Financial Modernization Act defines “financial in nature” to include securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Board has determined to be closely related to banking. A national bank (and therefore, a state bank as well) may also engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development and real estate investment, through a financial subsidiary of the bank, if the bank is well capitalized, well managed and has at least a satisfactory CRA rating. Subsidiary banks of a financial holding company or national banks with financial subsidiaries must continue to be well capitalized and well managed in order to continue to engage in activities that are financial in nature without regulatory actions or restrictions, which could include divestiture of financial subsidiaries. In addition, a financial holding company or a bank may not acquire a company that is engaged in activities that are financial in nature unless each of the subsidiary banks of the financial holding company or the bank has a CRA rating of satisfactory or better.

The Financial Modernization Act also imposes extensive requirements on financial institutions with respect to the privacy of customer information, and modifies other existing laws, including those related to community reinvestment.

USA Patriot Act of 2001

On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed the USA Patriot Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). Enacted in response to the terrorist attacks in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001, the Patriot Act is intended to strengthen the ability of U.S. law enforcement agencies and intelligence communities to work cohesively to combat terrorism on a variety of fronts. The impact of the Patriot Act on financial institutions of all kinds has been significant and wide ranging. The Patriot Act substantially enhanced existing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, and required appropriate regulatory authorities to adopt rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. Under the Patriot Act, financial institutions are subject to prohibitions regarding specified financial transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence and “know your customer” standards in their dealings with foreign financial institutions and foreign customers. For example, the enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls generally require financial institutions to take reasonable steps:

 

  to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transactions;

 

  to ascertain the identity of the nominal and beneficial owners of, and the source of funds deposited into, each account as needed to guard against money laundering and report any suspicious transactions;

 

  to ascertain for any foreign bank, the shares of which are not publicly traded, the identity of the owners of the foreign bank, and the nature and extent of the ownership interest of each such owner; and

 

  to ascertain whether any foreign bank provides correspondent accounts to other foreign banks and, if so, the identity of those foreign banks and related due diligence information.

The Patriot Act also requires all financial institutions to establish anti money laundering programs, which must include, at minimum:

 

  the development of internal policies, procedures, and controls;

 

  the designation of a compliance officer;

 

  an ongoing employee training program; and

 

  an independent audit function to test the programs.

The Company has incorporated the requirements of the Patriot Act into its operating procedures, and while these requirements have resulted in an additional time burden the financial impact on the Company is difficult to quantify.

 

13


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”) was enacted to increase corporate responsibility, provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies, and protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. Sarbanes-Oxley includes important new requirements for public companies in the areas of financial disclosure, corporate governance, and the independence, composition and responsibilities of audit committees. Among other things, Sarbanes-Oxley mandates chief executive and chief financial officer certifications of periodic financial reports, additional financial disclosures concerning off-balance sheet items, and speedier transaction reporting requirements for executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders. In addition, penalties for non-compliance with the Exchange Act were heightened. SEC rules promulgated pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley impose obligations and restrictions on auditors and audit committees intended to enhance their independence from management, and include extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules. Sarbanes-Oxley represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

The Company has not experienced any significant difficulties in complying with Sarbanes-Oxley. However, the Company has incurred, and expects to continue to incur, significant time and expense in connection with its compliance with Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley (“SOX 404”), which requires management to undertake an assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting and requires the Company’s auditors to attest to, and report on, management’s assessment and the operating effectiveness of these controls. Not including one full-time staff position dedicated exclusively to SOX 404 and other internal staff time, the amount ultimately expended by the Company specifically for compliance with SOX 404 for 2004, the first year in which we were subject this regulation, totaled over $500,000. SOX 404 compliance expenses were somewhat lower for 2005, although they are still estimated to be over $400,000.

Other Pending and Proposed Legislation

Other legislative and regulatory initiatives which could affect the Company, the Bank and the banking industry in general are pending, and additional initiatives may be proposed or introduced before the United States Congress, the California legislature and other governmental bodies in the future. Such proposals, if enacted, may further alter the structure, regulation and competitive relationship among financial institutions, and may subject the Bank to increased regulation, disclosure and reporting requirements. In addition, the various banking regulatory agencies often adopt new rules and regulations to implement and enforce existing legislation. It cannot be predicted whether, or in what form, any such legislation or regulations may be enacted or the extent to which the business of the Company or the Bank would be affected thereby.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Statements and financial discussion and analysis by management contained throughout this report that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from forward-looking statements herein include, without limitation, the factors set forth below.

Poor Economic Conditions in Our Market Areas May Cause Us to Suffer Higher Default Rates on Our Loans and Leases. A substantial majority of our assets and deposits are generated in the San Joaquin Valley in central California. As a result, poor economic conditions in this region could cause us to incur losses associated with higher default rates and decreased collateral values in our loan portfolio. The local economy currently appears to be experiencing a moderate expansion, and while the Company expects continued improvement, no assurance can be given that this will occur.

The San Joaquin Valley has not experienced the same type of growth that has historically occurred in other areas of California, especially those where high-tech industries have taken hold. While this fact minimized the negative impact

 

14


Table of Contents

of the most recent recession, unemployment levels are still relatively high. In the Visalia-Tulare-Porterville Metropolitan Statistical Area (“MSA”), for example, which is our geographic center and the base of our agriculturally oriented communities, the unemployment rate has consistently averaged around 15% for the past several years. While unemployment levels remain relatively high in all of the Company’s markets, in recent years some areas in the south and central San Joaquin Valley have experienced substantial commercial growth. The area’s relatively inexpensive real estate and central proximity to both Southern and Northern California have attracted a growing number of warehouse and distribution facilities, as well as manufacturing, health, and other service companies. The low cost of housing has also drawn retirees from more expensive areas of California.

Poor Economic Conditions Affecting the Agricultural Industry Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Customers and Their Ability to Make Payments to Us. The Company’s balance of non-performing assets has been relatively high in years past due in large part to persistent agricultural difficulties. Furthermore, a sizable portion of our total loan portfolio consists of loans to borrowers either directly or indirectly involved in the agricultural industry. While a great number of our borrowers may not be individually involved in agriculture, many of the jobs in the San Joaquin Valley are ancillary to the regular production, processing, marketing and sales of agricultural commodities. The ripple effect of lower commodity prices for milk, nuts, olives, grapes, oranges and tree fruit has a tendency to depress land prices, lower borrower income, and decrease collateral values. Weather patterns in particular are of critical importance to row crop, tree fruit, and orange production. A degenerative cycle of weather and commodity prices can impact consumer purchasing power, which has the potential to create further unemployment throughout the San Joaquin Valley. Global competition is another significant issue affecting the agricultural industry. Because of increased global competition and other factors, excess supply and low prices currently characterize the markets for many agricultural products. If current agricultural conditions do not improve, our level of non-performing assets could increase. Such conditions have affected and may continue to adversely affect our borrower base and, by extension, our business.

Concentrations of Real Estate Loans Could Subject Us to Increased Risks in the Event of a Real Estate Recession or Natural Disaster. Our loan portfolio is heavily concentrated in real estate loans, particularly commercial real estate. At December 31, 2005, 72% of our loan portfolio consisted of loans secured by real estate. Between the end of 2001 and the end of 2005, our loans secured by commercial/professional office properties (including construction and development loans) increased from 40% to 49% of total loans, while loans secured by residential properties have decreased from 22% to 17% of total loans. In the early 1990’s, the entire state of California experienced an economic recession that particularly impacted real estate values and resulted in increases in the level of delinquencies and losses for many financial institutions. Much of our market area seems to have been insulated from the significant fluctuations in real estate prices experienced by other parts of California over the past few decades. However, over the past few years real estate values in our market areas have escalated at least as rapidly as in other parts of the state, and the collateral for many of our loans could be reduced in value and the ability of some of our borrowers to pay could decline if a real estate recession affects our market areas in the future. Similarly, the occurrence of a natural disaster like those California has experienced in the past, including earthquakes, brush fires, and flooding, could impair the value of the collateral we hold for real estate secured loans and negatively impact our results of operations.

We May Have Difficulty Managing Our Growth. Management intends to leverage the Company’s current infrastructure to grow assets, and the addition of new branches has been tentatively planned, although no assurance can be given that this strategy will result in significant growth. Our ability to manage growth will depend primarily on our ability to:

 

  monitor and manage expanded operations;

 

  control funding costs and operating expenses;

 

  maintain positive customer relations; and

 

  attract, assimilate and retain qualified personnel.

If we fail to achieve these objectives in an efficient and timely manner we may experience disruptions in our business plans, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our Earnings are Subject to Interest Rate Risk. The earnings of most financial institutions depend largely on the relationship between the cost of funds, primarily deposits and borrowings, and the yield on earning assets such as loans and investment securities. This relationship, known as the interest rate spread, is subject to fluctuation and is affected by economic, regulatory and competitive factors that influence interest rates, the volume and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of non-performing assets. Many of these factors are beyond our control. Fluctuations in interest rates affect the demand of customers for our products and services, and the Company is subject to interest rate risk to the degree that our interest-bearing liabilities re-price or mature more slowly or more rapidly or on a different basis than our interest-earning assets. Given the current volume, mix, and re-pricing characteristics of the Company’s interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, our interest rate spread is expected to increase slightly in a rising rate environment, and decrease slightly in a declining interest rate scenario. However, there are scenarios where fluctuations in interest rates in either direction could have a negative effect on net income. For example, if funding rates rise faster than asset yields in a rising rate environment (i.e., if basis compression occurs), or if we do not actively manage certain loan index rates in a declining rate environment, we would be negatively impacted.

We Operate in a Competitive Market Dominated by Banks and Other Financial Services Providers, Many of Which Have Lower Cost Structures and Offer More Services. In California generally, and in our primary service area specifically, branches of major banks dominate the commercial banking industry. By virtue of their larger capital base, such institutions have substantially greater lending limits than we do, and perform certain functions for their customers, including trust services and international banking, which we are not equipped to offer directly (but some of which we offer indirectly through correspondent relationships). Many of these banks also operate with economies of scale that result in lower operating costs relative to revenue generated.

We also compete with other financial institutions such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, thrift and loan companies, mortgage companies, securities brokerage companies and insurance companies, and with quasi-financial institutions such as money market funds for deposits and loans. Financial services like ours are increasingly offered over the Internet on a national and international basis, and we compete with providers of these services as well. Ultimately, competition can drive down our interest margins and reduce our profitability. It can also make it more difficult for us to continue to increase the size of our loan and deposit portfolios.

You May Have Difficulty Selling Your Shares in the Future If a More Active Trading Market for Our Stock Does Not Develop. Although Sierra Bancorp’s Common Stock has been listed on the NASDAQ National Market since August 10, 2001 (the effective date of the holding company reorganization) and Bank of the Sierra’s Common Stock was previously listed on the NASDAQ National Market since June 10, 1999, trading in our stock has not been extensive and cannot be characterized as amounting to an active trading market.

We May Experience Loan and Lease Losses in Excess of Our Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. We are careful in our loan underwriting process in order to limit the risk that borrowers might fail to repay; nevertheless, losses can and do occur. We create an allowance for estimated loan and lease losses in our accounting records, based on estimates of the following:

 

  industry standards;

 

  historical experience with our loans;

 

  evaluation of economic conditions;

 

  regular reviews of the quality mix and size of the overall loan portfolio;

 

  regular reviews of delinquencies; and

 

  the quality of the collateral underlying our loans.

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses at a level that we believe is adequate to absorb any specifically identified losses as well as any other losses inherent in our loan portfolio. However, changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, that are beyond our control, may cause our actual loan losses to exceed our current allowance estimates. If actual losses exceed the amount reserved, it will have a negative impact on our profitability. In addition, the FDIC and the DFI, as part of their supervisory functions, periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses. Such agencies may require us to increase our provision for loan and lease losses or to recognize further losses, based on their judgments, which may be different from those of our management. Any increase in the allowance required by the FDIC or the DFI could also hurt our business.

 

16


Table of Contents

Our Directors and Executive Officers Control a Near-Majority of Our Stock, and Your Interests May Not Always be the Same as Those of the Board and Management. As of December 31, 2005, our directors and executive officers, together with their affiliates, beneficially owned approximately 48% of the Bank’s outstanding voting stock (including vested option shares). As a result, if all of these shareholders were to take a common position, they could most likely control the outcome of most corporate actions, such as:

 

  approval of mergers or other business combinations;

 

  sales of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

  any matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders;

 

  issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities;

 

  incurrence of debt other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

  the selection and tenure of our Chief Executive Officer; and

 

  payment of dividends on common stock or other equity securities.

In some situations, the interests of our directors and executive officers may be different from yours. However, our Board of Directors and executive officers have a fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of the shareholders, rather than in their own best interests, when considering a proposed business combination or any of these types of matters.

Provisions in Our Articles of Incorporation Will Delay or Prevent Changes in Control of Our Corporation or Our Management. These provisions make it more difficult for another company to acquire us, which could reduce the market price of our common stock and the price that you receive if you sell your shares in the future. These provisions include the following:

 

  staggered terms of office for members of the board of directors;

 

  the elimination of cumulative voting in the election of directors; and

 

  the requirement that our Board of Directors consider the potential social and economic effects on our employees, depositors, customers and the communities we serve as well as certain other factors, when evaluating a possible tender offer, merger or other acquisition of the Company.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

The Company’s administrative headquarters is located at 86 North Main Street, Porterville, California, and is leased through April 2014 from parties unrelated to the Company. It consists of approximately 37,000 square feet in a three-story building of which the Company is sole occupant, and the rent as of December 31, 2005 was $11,567 per month. The Company also owns unencumbered property on which 13 of its 20 current branches are located, including the branches in Porterville, Lindsay, Exeter, Three Rivers, Dinuba, Tulare, Hanford, Tehachapi, and California City. One of the Fresno branches is owned while the other is leased from unrelated parties, while two of the three branches in Bakersfield are leased from unrelated parties. Both Visalia branches and the Clovis branch are leased from unrelated parties. In addition, the Company operates a technology center in Porterville which consists of approximately 12,000 square feet in a freestanding single-story building that is leased from unrelated parties. The Bank has six remote ATM locations leased from unrelated parties, although the amount of monthly rent at these locations is minimal. Management believes that the Company’s existing back office facilities are adequate to accommodate the Company’s operations for the immediately foreseeable future, although limited branch expansion is planned.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, the Company is a party to claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. After taking into consideration information furnished by counsel to the Company as to the current status of these claims or proceedings to which the Company is a party, management is of the opinion that the ultimate aggregate liability represented thereby, if any, will not have a material adverse affect on the financial condition of the Company.

 

17


Table of Contents

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

(a) Market Information

Sierra Bancorp’s Common Stock trades on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol BSRR, and the CUSIP number for our stock is #82620P102. Trading in the Common Stock of the Company has not been extensive and such trades cannot be characterized as amounting to an active trading market. Management is aware of the following securities dealers which make a market in the Company’s stock: Citadel Derivatives Group, LLC, Chicago; Citigroup Global Markets, New York; FTN Midwest Research, Memphis; Goldman, Sachs & Co., New York; GVR Company, Chicago; Hill, Thompson, Magid and Co., Chicago; Hoefer & Arnett, San Francisco; Howe Barnes Investments, Chicago; Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, New York; Knight Securities, Jersey City; Monroe Securities, Chicago; Morgan Stanley, New York; Sandler O’Neill, New York; Schwab Capital Markets, New York; The Seidler Companies, Inc., Big Bear, California; Susquehanna Capital Group, Pennsylvania (the “Securities Dealers”); and UBS Capital Markets, Jersey City.

The following table summarizes trades of the Company’s Common Stock, setting forth the approximate high and low sales prices and volume of trading for the periods indicated, based upon information provided by public sources.

 

     Sale Price of the Company’s
Common Stock (per share)


  

Approximate
Trading Volume

In Shares


Calendar Quarter Ended


   High

   Low

  

March 31, 2004

   $ 17.10    $ 14.88    389,108

June 30, 2004

   $ 17.20    $ 14.64    945,088

September 30, 2004

   $ 16.96    $ 15.60    388,841

December 31, 2004

   $ 23.50    $ 16.02    825,637

March 31, 2005

   $ 24.25    $ 21.55    453,057

June 30, 2005

   $ 24.50    $ 19.00    871,271

September 30, 2005

   $ 24.99    $ 21.40    688,507

December 31, 2005

   $ 24.56    $ 21.75    551,949

(b) Holders

On February 27, 2006 there were approximately 2,460 shareholders of the Company’s Common Stock. Shareholders of record at the Company’s stock transfer agent totaled 660, while street name holders totaled about 1,800.

(c) Dividends

As a bank holding company that currently has no significant assets other than its equity interest in the Bank, the Company’s ability to declare dividends depends primarily upon dividends it receives from the Bank. The Bank’s dividend practices in turn depend upon legal restrictions, the Bank’s earnings, financial position, current and anticipated capital requirements, and other factors deemed relevant by the Bank’s Board of Directors at that time.

The Company paid cash dividends totaling $4.4 million, or $0.45 per share in 2005, and $3.5 million, or $0.37 per share in 2004, representing 33% and 34%, respectively, of prior year earnings. The Company’s general dividend

 

18


Table of Contents

policy is to pay cash dividends within the range of typical peer payout ratios, provided that such payments do not adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and are not overly restrictive to its growth capacity. However, no assurance can be given that earnings and/or growth expectations in any given year will justify the payment of such a dividend.

During any period in which the Company has deferred payment of interest otherwise due and payable on its subordinated debt securities, it may not make any dividends or distributions with respect to its capital stock (see “Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Capital Resources”). The power of the Bank’s Board of Directors to declare cash dividends is also subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions which limit the amount available for cash dividends depending upon the earnings, financial condition and cash needs of the Bank, as well as general business conditions. Under California banking law, the Bank may declare dividends in an amount not exceeding the lesser of its retained earnings or its net income for the last three years (reduced by dividends paid during such period) or, with the prior approval of the California Commissioner of Financial Institutions, in an amount not exceeding the greatest of (i) the retained earnings of the Bank, (ii) the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year, or (iii) the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year. The payment of any cash dividends by the Bank will depend not only upon the Bank’s earnings during a specified period, but also on the Bank meeting certain regulatory capital requirements.

The Company’s ability to pay dividends is also limited by state corporation law. The California General Corporation Law prohibits the Company from paying dividends on the Common Stock unless: (i) its retained earnings, immediately prior to the dividend payment, equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend or (ii) immediately after giving effect to the dividend the sum of the Company’s assets (exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would be at least equal to 125% of its liabilities (not including deferred taxes, deferred income and other deferred liabilities) and the current assets of the Company would be at least equal to its current liabilities, or, if the average of its earnings before taxes on income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of its interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years, at least equal to 125% of its current liabilities.

(d) Stock Repurchases

The Company has a stock repurchase program that became effective July 1, 2003 and currently has no expiration date. The plan initially allowed for the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares, although that number was supplemented by an additional 250,000 shares by the Company’s Board at its regular meeting in May 2005. The following table provides information concerning the Company’s repurchases of its Common Stock during the fourth quarter of 2005:

 

     October

   November

   December

Total shares purchased

   None      72,000      3,000

Average per share price

   N/A    $ 23.42    $ 23.55

Number of shares purchased as part of publicly announced plan or program

   None      72,000      3,000

Maximum number of shares remaining for purchase under a plan or program

   153,700      81,700      78,700

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents selected historical financial information concerning the Company, which should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements, including the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere herein. The selected financial data as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2005, is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes which are included in this Annual Report. The selected financial data for prior years is derived from our audited financial statements which are not included in this Annual Report. Throughout this Annual Report, information is for the consolidated Company unless otherwise stated.

 

19


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Data

As of and for the years ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

    2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Income Statement Summary

                                       

Interest income

  $ 64,373     $ 52,157     $ 42,607     $ 42,085     $ 43,338  

Interest expense

  $ 13,332     $ 8,496     $ 6,874     $ 9,096     $ 15,892  

Net interest income before provision for loan losses

  $ 51,041     $ 43,661     $ 35,733     $ 32,989     $ 27,446  

Provision for loan losses

  $ 3,150     $ 3,473     $ 3,105     $ 3,350     $ 1,300  

Non interest income

  $ 9,020     $ 9,788     $ 9,862     $ 8,522     $ 9,663  

Non-interest expense

  $ 32,634     $ 29,456     $ 27,743     $ 26,242     $ 25,309  

Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 24,277     $ 20,520     $ 14,747     $ 11,919     $ 10,500  

Provision for income taxes

  $ 8,083     $ 7,174     $ 4,383     $ 3,080     $ 3,622  

Net Income

  $ 16,194     $ 13,346     $ 10,364     $ 8,839     $ 6,878  

Balance Sheet Summary

                                       

Total loans, net

  $ 729,780     $ 686,157     $ 602,264     $ 505,655     $ 480,393  

Allowance for loan losses

  $ (9,930 )   $ (8,842 )   $ (6,701 )   $ (5,939 )   $ (5,675 )

Securities available for sale

  $ 193,676     $ 198,024     $ 84,798     $ 83,911     $ 92,689  

Cash and due from banks

  $ 50,147     $ 36,735     $ 53,042     $ 55,819     $ 40,025  

Federal funds sold

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Other real estate owned

  $ 533     $ 2,524     $ 2,784     $ 1,421     $ 769  

Premises and equipment, net

  $ 18,055     $ 17,731     $ 18,291     $ 17,578     $ 14,304  

Total Interest-Earning assets

  $ 923,456     $ 891,651     $ 695,479     $ 596,529     $ 579,480  

Total Assets

  $ 1,052,686     $ 997,483     $ 801,674     $ 701,578     $ 650,410  

Total Interest-Bearing liabilities

  $ 678,009     $ 680,886     $ 536,811     $ 475,716     $ 454,216  

Total Deposits

  $ 815,671     $ 742,703     $ 684,477     $ 605,705     $ 521,317  

Total Liabilities

  $ 973,923     $ 926,348     $ 741,698     $ 648,291     $ 604,269  

Total Shareholders’ Equity

  $ 78,763     $ 71,135     $ 59,976     $ 53,287     $ 46,141  

Per Share Data

                                       

Net Income Per Basic Share

  $ 1.66     $ 1.41     $ 1.12     $ 0.96     $ 0.75  

Net Income Per Diluted Share

  $ 1.56     $ 1.31     $ 1.03     $ 0.91     $ 0.75  

Book Value

  $ 8.10     $ 7.37     $ 6.43     $ 5.78     $ 5.01  

Cash Dividends

  $ 0.45     $ 0.37     $ 0.36     $ 0.28     $ 0.18  

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Basic

    9,763,896       9,482,201       9,288,908       9,252,093       9,212,280  

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding Diluted

    10,357,795       10,166,302       10,018,096       9,665,839       9,221,480  

Key Operating Ratios:

                                       

Performance Ratios:

                                       

Return on Average Equity (1)

    21.47 %     20.50 %     18.34 %     17.59 %     15.94 %

Return on Average Assets (2)

    1.59 %     1.47 %     1.43 %     1.32 %     1.15 %

Net Interest Spread (tax-equivalent) (3)

    5.09 %     5.14 %     5.38 %     5.22 %     4.25 %

Net Interest Margin (tax-equivalent)

    5.63 %     5.46 %     5.71 %     5.64 %     5.26 %

Dividend Payout Ratio (4)

    27.18 %     26.27 %     32.27 %     29.31 %     24.11 %

Equity to Assets Ratio (5)

    7.40 %     7.19 %     7.77 %     7.50 %     7.21 %

Efficiency Ratio (tax-equivalent)

    52.64 %     54.57 %     59.66 %     61.60 %     66.24 %

Net Loans to Total Deposits at Period End

    89.47 %     92.39 %     87.99 %     83.48 %     92.15 %

Asset Quality Ratios:

                                       

Non Performing Loans to Total Loans

    0.04 %     0.35 %     1.09 %     1.26 %     2.01 %

Nonperforming Assets to Total Loans and

                                       

Other Real Estate Owned

    0.11 %     0.71 %     1.54 %     1.53 %     2.17 %

Net Charge-offs (recoveries) to Average Loans

    0.38 %     0.21 %     0.43 %     0.62 %     0.23 %

Allowance for Loan Losses to

                                       

Net Loans at Period End

    1.36 %     1.29 %     1.11 %     1.17 %     1.18 %

Allowance for Loan Losses to Non-Performing Loans

    3213.59 %     361.19 %     100.27 %     91.84 %     58.00 %

Capital Ratios:

                                       

Tier 1 Capital to Adjusted Total Assets

    9.87 %     9.20 %     8.87 %     8.99 %     9.02 %

Tier 1 Capital to Total Risk-weighted Assets

    12.01 %     11.34 %     9.90 %     10.91 %     11.03 %

Total Capital to Total Risk-weighted Assets

    13.50 %     13.30 %     10.88 %     11.98 %     12.18 %

(1) Net income divided by average shareholders’ equity.
(2) Net income divided by average total assets.
(3) Represents the average rate earned on interest-earning assets less the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Dividends declared per share divided by net income per share.
(5) Average equity divided by average total assets.

 

20


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This discussion presents Management’s analysis of the financial condition of the Company as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, and the results of operations for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2005. The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes related thereto presented elsewhere in this Form 10-K Annual Report (see Item 8 below).

Statements contained in this report or incorporated by reference that are not purely historical are forward looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, including the Company’s expectations, intentions, beliefs, or strategies regarding the future. All forward-looking statements concerning economic conditions, growth rates, income, expenses, or other values as may be included in this document are based on information available to the Company on the date noted, and the Company assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. It is important to note that the Company’s actual results could materially differ from those in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include but are not limited to fluctuations in interest rates, inflation, government regulations, economic conditions, customer disintermediation and competitive product and pricing pressures in the geographic and business areas in which the Company conducts its operations.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The financial information and disclosures contained within those statements are significantly impacted by Management’s estimates and judgments, which are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under current circumstances. Actual results may differ from those estimates under different conditions.

Critical accounting policies are those that involve the most complex and subjective decisions and assessments, and have the greatest potential impact on the Company’s stated results of operations. In Management’s opinion, the Company’s critical accounting policies deal with the following areas: the establishment of the Company’s allowance for loan losses, as explained in detail in the “Provision for Loan Losses” and “Allowance for Loan Losses” sections of this discussion and analysis; loan origination costs, which are estimated in aggregate by loan type based on an annual evaluation of expenses (primarily salaries and benefits) associated with successful loan originations and are allocated to individual loans as they are booked, but can actually vary significantly for individual loans depending on the characteristics of such loans; income taxes, especially with regard to the ability of the Company to recover deferred tax assets, as discussed in the “Provision for Income Taxes” and “Other Assets” sections of this discussion and analysis; goodwill, which is evaluated annually for impairment based on changes in the market capitalization of the Company; and equity-based compensation, which is discussed in greater detail in footnote 2 (Significant Accounting Policies) to the financial statements contained herein, under the caption “Stock-Based Compensation.” Critical accounting areas are evaluated on an ongoing basis to ensure that the Company’s financial statements incorporate the most recent expectations with regard to these areas.

Summary of Performance

The Company achieved record earnings in 2005, and in fact has increased net income in 22 of the last 23 years. Net income in 2005 was $16.2 million, an increase of over $2.8 million, or 21%, over the $13.3 million in net earnings achieved in 2004. Net income in 2004 was $3.0 million higher than 2003 net earnings of $10.4 million. Net income per basic share was $1.66 for 2005, as compared to $1.41 during 2004 and $1.12 in 2003. The Company’s Return on Average Assets was 1.59% and Return on Average Equity was 21.47% in 2005, as compared to 1.47% and 20.50%, respectively for 2004, and 1.43% and 18.34%, respectively in 2003.

 

21


Table of Contents

The following are major factors impacting the Company’s results of operations in recent years:

 

  Solid growth in net interest income was a major contributor to the increases in net income in both 2005 and 2004. Net interest income grew by $7.4 million, or 17%, in 2005, and by $7.9 million, or 22%, in 2004. The growth in both periods was largely driven by an increased volume of earning assets. While annual average loan balances grew by 11% in 2005 and 16% in 2004, average investment balances grew by 22% in 2005 and 96% in 2004 due to the leverage strategy implemented in April 2004. The leverage strategy involved the initial purchase of $100 million in mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by agencies of the Federal Government, financed primarily with collateralized borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). This strategy added $1.0 million to net interest income in 2005 on average outstanding balances of $85 million, and $1.2 million to net interest income during 2004 on average outstanding balances of $71 million, boosting our return on equity in both years. However, because of the addition of a significant level of lower-margin earning assets, the Company’s net interest margin and return on average assets were not as high as they otherwise would have been.

Another factor impacting net interest income in 2005 was a 17 basis point increase in the Company’s net interest margin, which includes 5 basis points attributable to an interest recovery. The margin was also favorably impacted by rising short-term interest rates, a 23% increase in average demand deposit balances, and a significant reduction in non-performing assets.

 

  Non-interest income declined by 8% in 2005 but did not change materially in 2004. Non-recurring items had the net effect of reducing non-interest income by approximately $328,000 in 2005 and $405,000 in 2004. The principal variances in 2005 that will likely impact ongoing operations include the following: a $325,000 drop in service charges on deposit accounts, although the negative trend in this income category appears to have been reversed with the implementation of risk-based pricing for certain deposit accounts; a $623,000 increase in the loss on tax credit funds; and a $226,000 increase in debit and credit card interchange fees.

 

  Operating expense increased by 11% in 2005 and 6% in 2004. Included in 2005 expenses were charges totaling $550,000 to write down other real estate owned to current market values, and $200,000 in audit and review costs related to our 2004 compliance with SOX 404. If 2005 expenses were decreased by $750,000 and 2004 expenses increased by $200,000 (for the additional SOX 404 expenses), the year-over-year increase would have been 8% for 2005 and 7% for 2004. Factoring out non-recurring costs, most of the 2005 increase was in salaries and employee benefits, which were up by $1.7 million (12%) due to regular annual increases and branch staff additions, and marketing costs, which increased by $283,000 (23%) due to a special marketing promotion that is not expected to be repeated.

 

  The provision for loan losses was $323,000 lower in 2005 than in 2004, but $368,000 higher in 2004 than in 2003. Despite a $1.3 million increase in net loans charged off in 2005, the need to provide for loan losses was lower than in the previous year due to a $2.1 million reduction in non-performing loans and overall improved credit quality. The provision was increased in 2004 despite lower loan charge-offs and a significant drop in non-performing assets, mainly due to loan growth and additional economic considerations, including a relatively rapid increase in real estate prices.

 

  The provision for income taxes was back to a more typical level in 2005, after a disproportionate jump in 2004 due to issues related to the Company’s now-dissolved REIT. In 2004 the Company added $400,000 to its regular tax provision, as necessitated by the removal of REIT benefits from amended 2002 income tax returns filed in the first quarter of 2004.

The following are important factors in understanding our current robust financial condition and liquidity position:

 

  Total assets grew by $55 million, or 6%, to $1.05 billion at the end of 2005 from $997 million at the end of 2004. If not for the bulk sale of $21 million in residential mortgage loans, the early payoff of an $8 million participation loan, and a $4 million reduction in non-performing assets, the growth rate for assets in 2005 would have been 9%.

 

22


Table of Contents
  Gross loan and lease balances increased by $45 million, or 6%, in 2005, mainly from $27 million (8%) growth in loans secured by commercial properties. Also increasing at a higher rate than the aggregate loan portfolio, and providing better balance to the portfolio in so doing, were direct finance leases, loans secured by farmland, and SBA loans, which grew by 190%, 20%, and 12% respectively. As noted above, having a negative impact on loan growth in 2005 were the first quarter mortgage loan sale, the participation loan payoff, and a reduction in non-performing loans. Without those events, loan growth would have been 11%.

 

  Non-performing assets dropped by $4 million, or 83%, during 2005. A large part of the reduction was from the sale of a non-accruing loan with a book balance of $1.3 million. Approximately $2 million of the reduction was due to a decline in OREO balances, of which $550,000 represented the write-down of OREO during the year.

 

  During 2005, total investment balances declined only $4 million, or 2%, however this masks a fairly significant shift within the portfolio. Mortgage-backed securities balances were $28 million lower, due to relatively high prepayments and the sale of $13 million in securities at the end of 2005. Higher-yielding municipal securities, on the other hand, were $12 million higher, and agency securities were increased by $11 million to provide additional collateral for pledging purposes.

 

  In 2005, non-interest bearing deposits grew by $47 million, or 20%, climbing to 35% of total deposits at the end of 2005 from 32% at the end of 2004. Relatively low-cost NOW and savings deposits grew by $10 million, or 8%.

 

  Money market deposit account balances fell by $31 million, or 22%, as those balances shifted into higher-rate time deposits during 2005 . Despite a drop of $18 million in brokered time deposits, aggregate time deposits increased by $47 million, indicating that we gained new money in that category in addition to transfers from money market accounts.

 

  Total non-deposit borrowings, including junior subordinated debentures, fell to 15% of total liabilities at the end of 2005 from 19% at the end of 2004. This decrease is directly attributable to the runoff of $35 million in term FHLB borrowings obtained pursuant to the leverage strategy.

Results of Operations

The Company earns income from two primary sources. The first is net interest income, which is interest income generated by earning assets less interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. The second is non-interest income, which primarily consists of customer service charges and fees but also comes from non-customer sources such as bank-owned life insurance. The majority of the Company’s non-interest expenses are operating costs that relate to providing a full range of banking services to our customers.

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Net interest income was $51.0 million in 2005, compared to $43.7 million in 2004 and $35.7 million in 2003. This represents an increase of 17% in 2005 over 2004, and an increase of 22% in 2004 over 2003. The level of net interest income depends on several factors in combination, including growth in earning assets, yields on earning assets, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, the relative volumes of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the mix of products which comprise the Company’s earning assets, deposits, and other interest-bearing liabilities.

The following Distribution, Rate and Yield table shows, for each of the past three years, the annual average balance for each principal balance sheet category, and the amount of interest income or interest expense associated with that category. This table also shows the yields earned on each component of the Company’s investment and loan portfolio, the average rates paid on each segment of the Company’s interest bearing liabilities, and the Company’s net interest margin.

 

23


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005(a)

    2004(a)

    2003(a)

 

Distribution, Rate & Yield

(dollars in thousands)


   Average
Balance


   Income/
Expense


   Average
Rate (b)


    Average
Balance


   Income/
Expense


   Average
Rate (b)


    Average
Balance


   Income/
Expense


   Average
Rate (b)


 

Assets

                                                            

Investments:

                                                            

Federal Funds Sold/Due from Time

   $ 4,314    $ 136    3.15 %   $ 4,233    $ 54    1.28 %   $ 4,082    $ 47    1.15 %

Taxable

   $ 164,490    $ 6,526    3.97 %   $ 132,048    $ 5,042    3.82 %   $ 43,635    $ 1,501    3.44 %

Non-taxable

   $ 37,526    $ 1,507    6.08 %   $ 32,761    $ 1,312    6.07 %   $ 38,713    $ 1,553    6.08 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total Investments

   $ 206,330    $ 8,169    4.34 %   $ 169,042    $ 6,408    4.19 %   $ 86,430    $ 3,101    4.51 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Loans and Leases: (c)

                                                            

Agricultural

   $ 11,257    $ 1,471    13.07 %   $ 11,236    $ 735    6.54 %   $ 10,370    $ 681    6.57 %

Commercial

   $ 120,883    $ 9,499    7.86 %   $ 108,176    $ 7,654    7.08 %   $ 105,139    $ 6,795    6.46 %

Real Estate

   $ 506,991    $ 39,514    7.79 %   $ 456,567    $ 33,015    7.23 %   $ 378,674    $ 27,633    7.30 %

Consumer

   $ 49,673    $ 3,583    7.21 %   $ 43,589    $ 2,973    6.82 %   $ 39,064    $ 2,865    7.33 %

Credit Cards

   $ 10,882    $ 998    9.17 %   $ 10,777    $ 1,144    10.62 %   $ 10,674    $ 1,266    11.86 %

Direct Financing Leases

   $ 5,020    $ 340    6.77 %   $ 1,121    $ 79    7.05 %   $ 166    $ 20    12.05 %

Other

   $ 3,296    $ 561    17.02 %   $ 5,132    $ —      0.00 %   $ 6,657    $ 87    1.31 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total Loans and Leases

   $ 708,002    $ 55,966    7.90 %   $ 636,598    $ 45,600    7.16 %   $ 550,744    $ 39,347    7.14 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Other Earning Assets

   $ 6,188    $ 238    3.85 %   $ 5,732    $ 149    2.60 %   $ 2,917    $ 159    5.45 %
           

               

               

      

Total Earning Assets (e)

   $ 920,520    $ 64,373    7.08 %   $ 811,372    $ 52,157    6.51 %   $ 640,091    $ 42,607    6.78 %
           

               

               

      

Non-Earning Assets

   $ 98,213                 $ 94,526                 $ 86,928              
    

               

               

             

Total Assets

   $ 1,018,733                 $ 905,898                 $ 727,019              
    

               

               

             

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

                                                            

Interest-Bearing Deposits:

                                                            

NOW

   $ 68,502    $ 63    0.09 %   $ 59,238    $ 55    0.09 %   $ 53,931    $ 53    0.10 %

Savings

   $ 72,903    $ 383    0.53 %   $ 60,269    $ 320    0.53 %   $ 45,269    $ 227    0.50 %

Money Market

   $ 114,171    $ 821    0.72 %   $ 131,101    $ 894    0.68 %   $ 132,885    $ 1,377    1.04 %

TDOA’s, and IRA’s

   $ 22,267    $ 481    2.16 %   $ 22,240    $ 360    1.62 %   $ 21,464    $ 401    1.87 %

Certificates of Deposit < $ 100,000

   $ 86,734    $ 2,155    2.48 %   $ 92,535    $ 1,499    1.62 %   $ 90,522    $ 1,649    1.82 %

Certificates of Deposit ³ $ 100,000

   $ 159,579    $ 4,781    3.00 %   $ 131,212    $ 2,283    1.74 %   $ 109,402    $ 2,211    2.02 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total Interest-Bearing Deposits

   $ 524,156    $ 8,684    1.66 %   $ 496,595    $ 5,411    1.09 %   $ 453,473    $ 5,918    1.31 %

Borrowed Funds:

                                                            

Federal Funds Purchased

   $ 690    $ 28    4.06 %   $ 1,003    $ 11    1.10 %   $ 423    $ 7    1.65 %

Repurchase Agreements

   $ 28,772    $ 110    0.38 %   $ 23,782    $ 76    0.32 %   $ 14,938    $ 94    0.63 %

Short Term Borrowings

   $ 25,357    $ 824    3.25 %   $ 18,038    $ 284    1.57 %   $ 7,405    $ 85    1.15 %

Long Term Borrowings

   $ 60,564    $ 1,501    2.48 %   $ 52,459    $ 1,304    2.49 %   $ —      $ —      0.00 %

TRUPS

   $ 31,013    $ 2,185    7.05 %   $ 27,717    $ 1,410    5.09 %   $ 15,464    $ 770    4.98 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total Borrowed Funds

   $ 146,396    $ 4,648    3.17 %   $ 122,999    $ 3,085    2.51 %   $ 38,230    $ 956    2.50 %
    

  

        

  

        

  

      

Total Interest Bearing Liabilities

   $ 670,552    $ 13,332    1.99 %   $ 619,594    $ 8,496    1.37 %   $ 491,703    $ 6,874    1.40 %

Demand Deposits

   $ 260,661                 $ 212,321                 $ 170,530              

Other Liabilities

   $ 12,089                 $ 8,886                 $ 8,289              

Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 75,431                 $ 65,097                 $ 56,497              
    

               

               

             

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   $ 1,018,733                 $ 905,898                 $ 727,019              
    

               

               

             

Interest Income/Earning Assets

                 7.08 %                 6.51 %                 6.78 %

Interest Expense/Earning Assets

                 1.45 %                 1.05 %                 1.07 %
                  

               

               

Net Interest Margin (d)

          $ 51,041    5.63 %          $ 43,661    5.46 %          $ 35,733    5.71 %
           

  

        

  

        

  


(a) Average balances are obtained from the best available daily or monthly data and are net of deferred fees and related direct costs.
(b) Yields and net interest margin have been computed on a tax equivalent basis.
(c) Loan fees have been included in the calculation of interest income. Loan Fees were approximately $2,171,360, $2,290,000, and $1,661,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 respectively. Loans are gross of the allowance for possible loan losses.
(d) Represents net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets (tax-quivalent).
(e) Non-accrual loans have been included in total loans for purposes of total earning assets.

 

24


Table of Contents

The Volume and Rate Variances table below sets forth the dollar difference in interest earned and paid for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the noted periods, and the amount of such change attributable to changes in average balances (volume) or changes in average interest rates. Volume variances are equal to the increase or decrease in the average balance times the prior period rate, and rate variances are equal to the increase or decrease in the average rate times the prior period average balance. Variances attributable to both rate and volume changes are equal to the change in rate times the change in average balance.

 

Volume & Rate Variances

(dollars in thousands)


   Years Ended December 31,

 
   2005 over 2004

    2004 over 2003

 
     Increase (decrease) due to     Increase (decrease) due to  
     Volume

    Rate

    Rate/
Volume


    Net

    Volume

    Rate

    Rate/
Volume


    Net

 

Assets:

                                                                

Investments:

                                                                

Federal funds sold / Due from time

   $ 1       79       2     $ 82     $ 2       5       —       $ 7  

Taxable

   $ 1,239       197       48     $ 1,484     $ 3,041       165       335     $ 3,541  

Non-taxable (1)

   $ 191       4       —       $ 195     $ (239 )     (2 )     —       $ (241 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Investments

   $ 1,431     $ 280     $ 50     $ 1,761     $ 2,804     $ 168     $ 335     $ 3,307  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Loans:

                                                                

Agricultural

   $ 2       733       1     $ 736     $ 57       (3 )     —       $ 54  

Commercial

   $ 899       847       99     $ 1,845     $ 196       644       19     $ 859  

Real Estate

   $ 3,646       2,569       284     $ 6,499     $ 5,684       (251 )     (51 )   $ 5,382  

Consumer

   $ 415       171       24     $ 610     $ 332       (201 )     (23 )   $ 108  

Credit Cards

   $ 11       (156 )     (1 )   $ (146 )   $ 12       (133 )     (1 )   $ (122 )

Direct Financing Leases

   $ 275       (3 )     (11 )   $ 261     $ 115       (8 )     (48 )   $ 59  

Other

   $ —         873       (312 )   $ 561     $ (20 )     (87 )     20     $ (87 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Loans and Leases

   $ 5,248     $ 5,034     $ 84     $ 10,366     $ 6,376     $ (39 )   $ (83 )   $ 6,253  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Other Earning Assets

   $ 12       71       6     $ 89     $ 153       (83 )     (80 )   $ (10 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Earning Assets

   $ 6,691     $ 5,385     $ 140     $ 12,216     $ 9,333     $ 46     $ 171     $ 9,550  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Liabilities

                                                                

Interest Bearing Deposits:

                                                                

NOW

   $ 9       (1 )     —       $ 8     $ 5       (3 )     —       $ 2  

Savings Accounts

   $ 67       (3 )     (1 )   $ 63     $ 75       14       4     $ 93  

Money Market

   $ (116 )     49       (6 )   $ (73 )   $ (18 )     (471 )     6     $ (483 )

TDOA’s & IRA’s

   $ 1       120       —       $ 121     $ 14       (53 )     (2 )   $ (41 )

Certificates of Deposit < $ 100,000

   $ (94 )     800       (50 )   $ 656     $ 37       (183 )     (4 )   $ (150 )

Certificates of Deposit > $ 100,000

   $ 494       1,648       356     $ 2,498     $ 441       (308 )     (61 )   $ 72  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Interest Bearing Deposits

   $ 361     $ 2,613     $ 299     $ 3,273     $ 554     $ (1,004 )   $ (57 )   $ (507 )
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Borrowed Funds:

                                                                

Federal Funds Purchased

   $ (4 )     30       (9 )   $ 17     $ 10       (3 )     (3 )   $ 4  

Repurchase Agreements

   $ 16       15       3     $ 34     $ 56       (46 )     (28 )   $ (18 )

Short Term Borrowings

   $ 115       302       123     $ 540     $ 122       32       45     $ 199  

Long Term Borrowings

   $ 202       (4 )     (1 )   $ 197     $ —         —         1,304     $ 1,304  

TRUPS

   $ 168       543       64     $ 775     $ 610       17       13     $ 640  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Borrowed Funds

   $ 497     $ 886     $ 180     $ 1,563     $ 798     $ (0 )   $ 1,331     $ 2,129  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Total Interest Bearing Liabilities

   $ 858     $ 3,499     $ 479     $ 4,836     $ 1,352     $ (1,004 )   $ 1,274     $ 1,622  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


Net Interest Income

   $ 5,833     $ 1,886     $ (339 )   $ 7,380     $ 7,981     $ 1,050     $ (1,103 )   $ 7,928  
    


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



(1) Yields on tax exempt income have not been computed on a tax equivalent basis.

As shown above, pure volume variances contributed $5.8 million to net interest income in 2005 relative to 2004. Favorable changes in interest rates supplemented this amount by $1.9 million, and the combined rate/volume variance was a negative $339,000, for an overall increase of $7.4 million in net interest income. The positive volume variance is mainly due to growth in average earning assets, as evident in the Distribution, Rate & Yield table, but it can also be affected by fluctuations in the relative levels of average non-earning assets (including cash and due from banks), non-interest liabilities (including demand deposits), and equity.

 

25


Table of Contents

Average earning assets increased $109 million, or 13%, for 2005 relative to 2004. Most of the increase was due to growth of $71 million, or 11%, in average loan balances. Average investment balances increased by $37 million. This represents a 22% growth rate, which is double the growth rate for loans due to the impact of the leverage strategy. Average non-earning assets were about 10% of average total assets in both 2005 and 2004, however the average balance of demand deposits, other liabilities, and shareholders’ equity increased to 34% of average assets in 2005 from 32% in 2004. Average demand deposits grew by $48 million, or 23%, other liabilities grew by $3 million, or 36%, and shareholders’ equity increased by $10 million, or 16%, all of which exceeded the rate of growth in the aggregate balance sheet. The increase in the relative level of non-interest liabilities and equity contributed to the Company’s profitability in 2005 by reducing our need to obtain interest-bearing funds. Note that the volume increase in earning assets added $6.7 million to interest income, while the volume increase in interest-bearing liabilities added only $858,000 to interest expense.

As with 2005, the positive volume variance for 2004 was primarily the result of growth in average earning assets, however a reduction in the relative level of non-earning assets also contributed to the Company’s profitability in 2004. The impact of the leverage strategy can be seen in the Distribution, Rate & Yield table in the increase in average taxable investments on the asset side, and average short-term and long-term borrowings on the liability side. It contributed to the positive volume variance in both 2005 and 2004, but had a negative impact on the rate variance.

The calculated rate increase for 2005 relative to 2004 was 57 basis points for earning assets and 62 basis points for interest-bearing liabilities. Since the cost of interest-bearing liabilities rose more than the yield on earning assets, it is counterintuitive that there would be a favorable rate variance in net interest income in 2005. The positive rate variance actually arises from the fact that the previous year’s average balance is an integral part of the calculation. Interest-earning assets exceeded interest-bearing liabilities by $192 million in 2004, thus even though the rate increase for interest-bearing liabilities was slightly higher than the rate increase for earning assets, it was applied to a substantially smaller base. The favorable rate variance in 2005 was also due in part to the recovery of $536,000 in interest on a note that was sold during the year, and the accelerated recognition of $80,000 in fees on a participation loan that prepaid.

The Company’s net interest margin, which is tax-equivalent net interest income expressed as a percentage of average earning assets, was 5.63% in 2005 relative to 5.46% in 2004, an increase of 17 basis points. A substantial portion of the Company’s earning assets are variable-rate loans that re-price immediately when the Company’s prime lending rate is changed, versus a large base of core deposits that are generally slower to re-price. This causes the Company’s balance sheet to be slightly asset-sensitive, which means that all else being equal, the Company’s net interest margin will be lower during periods when short-term interest rates are falling and higher when rates are rising. This effect was visible in 2005, when the Company’s net interest margin rose in strong correlation to increases in short-term market interest rates. The net interest margin in 2005 was also favorably impacted by the aforementioned interest recovery, as well as a larger differential between average earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. As noted above in the discussion on rate and volume variances, in 2004 this differential was $192 million, or 21% of average assets, but in 2005 it rose to $250 million, or 25% of average assets. The expansion was due to increases in average demand deposit balances, equity, and other liabilities, which were only slightly offset by a $4 million increase in average non-earning assets.

As in 2005, rising rates boosted the Company’s net interest margin during the latter half of 2004, however the effect of the leverage strategy more than offset this increase for 2004 relative to 2003. Shorter-term interest rates were going down during most of 2003, however the establishment of informal floors on certain variable loan rates minimized the negative impact of falling rates on net interest income during that year.

Management anticipates that the Company’s net interest margin could experience some compression if short-term interest rates do not continue to rise, nevertheless we feel that net interest income will continue to increase if loans and core deposits grow as planned. However, no assurance can be given that this will, in fact, occur.

 

26


Table of Contents

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

Credit risk is inherent in the business of making loans. The Company sets aside an allowance or reserve for loan and lease losses through charges to earnings, which are shown in the income statement as the provision for loan and lease losses. Specifically identifiable and quantifiable losses are immediately charged off against the allowance. The loan and lease loss provision is determined by conducting a monthly evaluation of the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses, and charging the shortfall, if any, to the current month’s expense. This has the effect of creating variability in the amount and frequency of charges to the Company’s earnings. The procedures for monitoring the adequacy of the allowance, as well as detailed information concerning the allowance itself, are included below under “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.

The Company’s provision for loan and lease losses was $3.2 million in 2005, $3.5 million in 2004, and $3.1 million in 2003. The 2005 provision was $323,000 lower than in 2004, despite increasing the reserve by $2 million for a $2.5 million unsecured commercial loan that was ultimately charged off during the year. We were able to reduce the provision because of the recovery of previously charged off balances totaling $1.3 million, which was credited back to the allowance for loan and lease losses, and because of a $2.1 million reduction in non-performing loans and an improvement in credit quality during 2005. In 2004, the provision was $368,000, or 12%, higher than in the previous year despite lower charge-offs and a reduction in non-performing loan balances, due primarily to reserves provided for growth in outstanding loan balances and a $500,000 specific reserve established for the aforementioned unsecured commercial loan. Because the provision exceeded net charge-offs in 2005 the allowance for loan losses increased by $488,000 during the year, although it fell slightly as a percentage of total loans due to improvement in credit quality. Subsequent to a thorough review of the allowance relative to the current size, composition and quality of the Company’s loan and lease portfolio, it has been judged by management to be adequate to absorb currently identified potential losses as well as any likely future losses.

Non-interest Revenue and Operating Expense

Despite a $193,000 increase in the gain on loan sales, the Company’s 2005 results reflect an overall decline of $768,000, or 8%, in non-interest income relative to 2004. The decline is mainly because of a drop in service charges on deposit accounts and several non-recurring events. In 2004, non-interest income fell slightly from the level realized in the prior year, because weak growth in service charges on deposits was not substantial enough to offset an adjustment to BOLI income that was needed to properly reflect potential early surrender charges. Non-interest income declined to 0.98% of average earning assets in 2005 from 1.21% in 2004. Operating expense increased $3.2 million, or 11%, in 2005 relative to 2004, however it declined to 3.55% of average earning assets in 2005 from 3.63% in 2004. Because of the healthy 17% increase in net interest income, the increase in net interest plus other income in 2005 was proportionately greater than the increase in operating expense and the Company’s overhead efficiency ratio improved substantially. The overhead efficiency ratio represents operating expense divided by the sum of fully tax-equivalent net interest and non-interest income, with the provision for loan losses, investment gains and losses, and other extraordinary income and expenses excluded from the equation. The Company’s overhead efficiency ratio was 52.6% in 2005 as compared to 54.6% in 2004. The following table sets forth the major components of the Company’s non-interest revenue and other operating expense, along with relevant ratios, for the years indicated:

 

27


Table of Contents

Non Interest Revenue/Expense

(dollars in thousands, unaudited)


   2005

    % of Total

    2004

    % of Total

    2003

    % of Total

 

NON INTEREST REVENUE:

                                          

Service charges on deposit accounts

   $ 5,575     61.81 %   $ 5,900     60.28 %   $ 5,844     59.26 %

Credit card fees

   $ 817     9.06 %   $ 704     7.19 %   $ 671     6.80 %

Checkcard fees

   $ 696     7.72 %   $ 534     5.46 %   $ 480     4.87 %

Other service charges & fees

   $ 2,045     22.67 %   $ 1,761     17.99 %   $ 1,506     15.27 %

BOLI Income

   $ 792     8.78 %   $ 487     4.98 %   $ 926     9.39 %

Gains on sales of loans

   $ 523     5.80 %   $ 330     3.37 %   $ 267     2.71 %

(Loss) Gains on sale of investment securities

   $ (394 )   -4.37 %   $ 19     0.19 %   $ 118     1.20 %

(Loss) on tax credit investment

   $ (1,092 )   -12.11 %   $ (469 )   -4.79 %   $ (556 )   -5.64 %

Other

   $ 58     0.64 %   $ 522     5.33 %   $ 606     6.14 %
    


 

 


 

 


 

Total non-interest revenue

   $ 9,020     100.00 %   $ 9,788     100.00 %   $ 9,862     100.00 %

As a percentage of average earning assets

           0.98 %           1.21 %           1.54 %

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES:

                                          

Salaries and employee benefits

   $ 15,648     47.95 %   $ 13,919     47.25 %   $ 13,886     50.05 %

Occupancy costs

                                          

Furniture & Equipment

   $ 3,192     9.78 %   $ 3,411     11.58 %   $ 2,764     9.96 %

Premises

   $ 2,830     8.67 %   $ 2,592     8.80 %   $ 2,450     8.83 %

Advertising and Marketing Costs

   $ 1,524     4.67 %   $ 1,241     4.21 %   $ 1,117     4.03 %

Data Processing Costs

                                          

Item processing costs

   $ —       0.00 %   $ 8     0.03 %   $ —       0.00 %

Other data processing

   $ 1,194     3.66 %   $ 1,079     3.66 %   $ 1,095     3.95 %

Deposit Services Costs

   $ 1,303     3.99 %   $ 1,168     3.97 %   $ 1,054     3.80 %

Loan Services Costs

                                          

Loan Processing

   $ 281     0.86 %   $ 383     1.30 %   $ 373     1.35 %

ORE Owned

   $ 617     1.89 %   $ 345     1.17 %   $ 36     0.13 %

Credit Card

   $ 613     1.88 %   $ 599     2.03 %   $ 522     1.88 %

Other loan services

   $ 8     0.02 %   $ 2     0.01 %   $ 3     0.01 %

Other Operating Costs

                                          

Telephone & data communications

   $ 846     2.59 %   $ 766     2.60 %   $ 700     2.52 %

Postage & mail

   $ 315     0.98 %   $ 389     1.32 %   $ 463     1.67 %

Other

   $ 827     2.54 %   $ 741     2.52 %   $ 456     1.64 %

Professional Services Costs

                                          

Legal & Accounting

   $ 1,296     3.97 %   $ 840     2.85 %   $ 878     3.16 %

Other professional service

   $ 1,349     4.13 %   $ 1,198     4.07 %   $ 1,150     4.15 %

Stationery & Supply Costs

   $ 683     2.09 %   $ 673     2.28 %   $ 650     2.34 %

Sundry & Tellers

   $ 108     0.33 %   $ 102     0.35 %   $ 146     0.53 %
    


 

 


 

 


 

Total other operating expense

   $ 32,634     100.00 %   $ 29,456     100.00 %   $ 27,743     100.00 %

As a % of average earning assets

           3.55 %           3.63 %           4.33 %

Net non-interest income as a % of earning assets

           -2.57 %           -2.42 %           -2.79 %

Efficiency Ratio (tax-equivalent)

           52.64 %           54.57 %           59.66 %

The primary sources of other operating income for the Company include the categories itemized in the table above. As shown, pass-through losses generated by our limited partnership investments in low-income housing tax credit funds are netted out of non-interest income. Items of a non-recurring nature that impacted non-interest income in 2005 include a $523,000 gain on the bulk sale of $21 million in residential mortgage loans, a $406,000 loss on the sale of investment securities resulting from a year-end repositioning of the portfolio, gains on the sale of OREO totaling $127,000 that are reflected in the “Other” category, and write-downs of our investment in Diversified Holdings, Inc. totaling $570,000 that are also included in “Other”. In 2004, the principal non-recurring items include a $295,000 adjustment reducing BOLI income, as well as approximately $110,000 in gains from the sale of OREO.

 

28


Table of Contents

Despite fairly significant increases in average transaction account balances, the largest component of other operating income, service charges on deposit accounts, fell by $325,000 in 2005 and increased by only $56,000 in 2004, and declined as a percentage of transaction accounts in both 2005 and 2004. The Company’s ratio of service charge income to average transaction accounts (demand and interest-bearing NOW accounts) was 1.7% in 2005, 2.2% in 2004, and 2.6% in 2003. This phenomenon is due in part to growth in accounts that are initially free of service charges. Most financial institutions in the Company’s market areas have similar “free account” offerings, and management views this as a defensive product. The negative service charge impact is overcome by the fact that they provide interest-free funding, expand the Company’s customer base, and increase cross-sell opportunities for other Bank products such as consumer loans and relatively low-cost savings accounts. Part of the decline in service charges in 2005 is also due to the fact that returned item and overdraft fees fell by $396,000 relative to the prior year. We assume that this decline is because the current relatively strong economy has provided most customers with enough liquidity to more effectively manage cash. The aggregate decline in our service charge income appears to have been reversed in recent months with a revision in our deposit account fee structure, including tiered pricing for higher risk accounts. However, despite this apparent reversal, we cannot provide assurance that service charges on deposits will not continue to fall.

Other service charges, commissions, and fees constitute the second largest portion of non-interest income, and totaled $2.0 million in 2005, $1.8 million in 2004, and $1.5 million in 2003. In 2005, the largest year-over-year increases within this category were in leasing income and service charge income from currency orders. The largest decline was a $68,000 drop in income from our travel club which was dissolved at the end of 2004. In 2004, the largest increases were a $261,000 increase in leasing income due to growth in that product line, and a $164,000 increase in ATM fees and charges due to the implementation of fees for customer transactions at non-Bank ATM’s.

Credit card fees include credit card interchange fees and credit card annual fees as their primary components. Credit card fees increased $113,000, or 16%, in 2005 relative to 2004, due primarily to a higher level of activity. These fees increased to 9% of total non-interest income in 2005 from 7% in 2004. Checkcard fees represent checkcard interchange fees, which increased by $162,000, or 30%, in 2005, due to an increase in the number of cards and higher usage per card. Checkcard fees climbed to 8% of non-interest income in 2005 from 5% in 2004.

While it would appear on the surface that BOLI income increased in significance relative to overall non-interest income in 2005, this is mainly due to an adjustment in 2004 that reduced BOLI income by $295,000. The income adjustment stems from certain BOLI accounts that had been carried on the Company’s books gross of potential surrender charges, but which were written down in 2004 to reflect such surrender charges. While it has not been our intent to sell or otherwise liquidate those policies, and the surrender charges diminish over time and ultimately disappear, accounting guidance received in late 2004 indicated that all BOLI should be reflected on our balance sheet net of any potential surrender charges. The Company invested an additional $1.9 million in BOLI in August 2005; however, the increase in earnings generated by this investment was partially offset by a lower average earnings rate on our aggregate BOLI investment.

Income from loan sales was $523,000 in 2005, $330,000 in 2004, and $267,000 in 2003. As noted previously, the 58% increase in 2005 relative to 2004 is due to the first quarter 2005 sale of $21 million in residential mortgage loans. The Company still originates a certain number of residential mortgage loans (primarily those associated with its all-in-one “construction through permanent financing” product), and during 2004 we sold a number of those loans at a gain, but since the bulk loan sale in 2005 we have been holding almost all newly originated residential mortgage loans in our loan portfolio. In past years we have been much more active in the residential mortgage lending business, but we currently refer the majority of our residential mortgage loan customers to Moneyline Lending, Inc., which pays the Company referral fees for successfully closed loans. Moneyline fees are reflected in other service charges, commissions and fees, and totaled $95,000 in 2005 and $72,000 in 2004.

The sale of approximately $13 million in underperforming investment securities in December resulted in a loss of $406,000, although this was partially offset by earlier gains on called securities and the net loss for the year was

 

29


Table of Contents

$394,000. There was a negligible gain on securities of $19,000 in 2004. The $118,000 gain on investment securities in 2003 is primarily comprised of liquidating dividends resulting from the Company’s investment in Sphinx, as that company completed its planned dissolution. Sphinx was the shell company remaining after selling its primary earning asset, a core banking system known as Phoenix which was previously utilized by the Company.

Commencing in 2005, our loss on tax credit funds is shown as a separate category under non-interest revenue because of its increasing significance. The losses are an expected component of these investments, and are factored into the initial assessment of projected returns. They represent our allocation of losses generated by the operations of low-income housing tax credit funds in which we have limited partnership investments, and reduce the balance of our tax credit fund investments shown in other assets. The loss increased by $623,000 in 2005 relative to 2004, due in part to our additional $3 million investment in a newly formed tax credit fund during 2005.

The “Other” category in non-interest income dropped substantially in 2005 because of $570,000 in previously noted non-recurring charges to write-down the Company’s investment in Diversified Holdings Corporation, a former title insurance holding company that is owned by several banks and individuals. The primary operating subsidiaries of Diversified were sold in 2005, and the original $1 million investment is now reflected on our books at $430,000, the approximate amount we ultimately expect to receive from the sale. The Other category also includes $127,000 in non-recurring gains from the sale of Other Real Estate Owned in 2004, and approximately $110,000 and $175,000 in such gains in 2004 and 2003, respectively. With our portfolio significantly reduced in size, further OREO gains are not anticipated in the near future. Also reflected in the Other category is rental income from Investment Centers of America, which is in the form of percentage rents based on gross commissions generated, and which did not increase significantly in 2005 or 2004.

Turning to a detailed discussion of variances in other operating expenses, we start with the single largest component, salaries and employee benefits. Because they comprise such a significant portion of total operating expense, salaries and employee benefits typically experience a larger dollar increase than any other category. True to form, the year-over-year growth in salaries and benefits in 2005 was $1.7 million, or 12%. Salaries increased by $1.4 million, or 15%, including approximately 5% for regular annual pay increases and the addition of branch and administrative staff. The full impact of the staff additions for our Clovis office opened in June 2004 was felt in 2005, as well as the cost of staff added in the summer of 2005 in anticipation of the opening of the new Reedley branch later in the year. Staffing for administration and some of our more mature branches was also supplemented in 2004 and 2005, to accommodate growth in loans and deposits and assure a continued high level of customer service. Due mainly to cost containment efforts related to workers compensation and group health insurance premiums, the increase in the cost of employee benefits was held to $303,000, or 7%, in 2005. In 2004, salaries and benefits increased by only $33,000, or 0.2%, relative to 2003. This was in part the result of a $1.2 million increase in salaries related directly to successful loan originations, which were deferred pursuant to FAS 91 and are subsequently being amortized as a reduction of yield over the life of the loans to which they relate. Employee benefits increased by a disproportionate $467,000, or 13%, in 2004, primarily because of a $174,000, or 15%, increase in group health insurance premiums, and a $157,000, or 40%, increase in workers compensation costs. Salaries and employee benefits were 1.7% of average earning assets in both 2005 and 2004, down from 2.2% in 2003. The number of full-time equivalent employees was 351 at the end of 2005, 344 at the end of 2004, and 326 at the end of 2003.

The annual increase in 2005 for total rent and occupancy costs, including furniture and equipment expenses, was only $19,000, or less than 1%, although it was $789,000, or 15% for 2004. These costs were 18% of total operating expense in 2005, down from 20% in 2004 and 19% in 2003. Included in the 2005 increase are rent and depreciation costs, which were up by a combined $202,000 in 2005, and maintenance and repair costs, which were down by $27,000. The non-recurring charge-off of $145,000 in obsolete telephone equipment in 2004 minimizes the increase in 2005 relative to 2004, while exaggerating the increase in 2004 relative to 2003. In addition to this charge-off, much of the increase in 2004 is the result of depreciation expense on equipment and software acquired in connection with the conversion of our core processing system at the beginning of 2004.

Advertising and marketing costs increased in 2005 by $283,000, or 23%. For the most part, this increase was caused by a special marketing promotion during the year involving targeted mailings and free gifts for new retail demand deposit accounts. This particular campaign is not expected to be repeated and marketing expenses are not anticipated to increase in 2006, although no assurance can be provided that this scenario will prove to be accurate.

 

30


Table of Contents

Total data processing costs increased in 2005 by $107,000, or 10%, due to the commencement of maintenance fees on our core processing system. Data processing costs were almost the same in 2004 as in 2003. Deposit services costs increased by $135,000, or 12% in 2005, due to higher armored car expenses, ATM servicing costs, check card processing costs, and gift card costs. In 2004, deposit-related costs increased by $114,000, or 11%, due to higher ATM network and servicing costs, higher check printing costs, and higher courier costs.

Loan services expenses were up by a combined $190,000 in 2005, an increase of 14%. If not for $550,000 in OREO write-downs expensed in 2005, this category would have declined due to a $278,000 reduction in OREO operating expenses. We have already charged an additional $133,000 to expense in 2006 to further reduce the carrying value of an OREO, subsequent to the receipt of multiple offers on the property indicating its current market value. Although additional write-downs are not expected, we cannot guarantee that the carrying value of the property will not require further adjustment, or that properties which may be added to OREO in the future will not be written down. Loan services expenses increased by $394,000, or 42%, in 2004, due mainly to higher OREO operating expenses and a $131,000 provision for unfunded commitments.

The “other operating costs” category includes telecommunications, postage, and other miscellaneous costs, and totaled $2.0 million in 2005, $1.9 million in 2004, and $1.6 million in 2003. In 2005, telecommunications expense increased by $80,000, or 10%, while postage expense fell by $74,000 for the second year in a row, and other miscellaneous operating expenses increased $86,000, or 12%. In 2004, miscellaneous operating expenses increased by $285,000. Increases in miscellaneous operating expenses in both 2005 and 2004 were driven by increases in depreciation on operating leases and higher training costs.

Legal and accounting costs were up by $456,000 in 2005, due primarily to $200,000 in SOX 404 audit costs for 2004 that were expensed in 2005. Legal costs for 2005 were up by $68,000, or 28%, due mainly to an increase in legal costs related to collections. The cost of other professional services increased by $151,000, or 13% in 2005, due principally to increased costs associated with the directors’ retirement and deferred fee plans.

Income Taxes

The Company’s provision for federal and state income taxes was $8.1 million in 2005, while the tax provision was $7.2 million and $4.4 million for 2004 and 2003, respectively. This represents 33% of income before taxes in 2005, 35% in 2004, and 30% in 2003. The effective tax rate was higher in 2004 than in either 2005 or 2003, due in part to a $400,000 adjustment in 2004 associated with the filing of amended 2002 tax returns to exclude the benefit of the Bank’s real estate investment trust (“REIT”). REIT benefits were excluded subsequent to our receipt of an adverse interpretation of existing law that was released by the California Franchise Tax Board (“FTB”) on December 31, 2003. Without the adjustment in 2004 the rate would have been 33%, the same as in 2005 but higher than in 2003 because non-taxable income and tax credits did not increase at the same rate as pre-tax income.

The Company sets aside its provision for income taxes on a monthly basis. As indicated in Note 9 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements, the amount of such provision is determined by applying the Company’s statutory income tax rates to pre-tax book income as adjusted for permanent differences between pre-tax book income and actual taxable income. These permanent differences include but are not limited to tax-exempt interest income, increases in the cash surrender value of BOLI, California Enterprise Zone deductions, certain expenses that are not allowed as tax deductions, and tax credits.

Tax-exempt interest income is generated primarily by the Company’s investments in state, county and municipal bonds, which provided $1.5 million in federal tax-exempt income in 2005, $1.3 million in 2004, and $1.6 million in 2003. Although not reflected in the investment portfolio, the company also has total investments of $10.7 million in low-income housing tax credit funds as of December 31, 2005. These investments have generated substantial tax credits for the past few years, with about $1.3 million in credits available for the 2005 tax year and $1.1 million in tax credits realized in 2004. The investments are expected to generate an additional $10.5 million in aggregate tax credits from 2006 through 2008; however, the credits are dependent upon the occupancy level of the housing projects and income of the tenants and cannot be projected with complete certainty.

 

31


Table of Contents

Some items of income and expense are recognized in different years for tax purposes than when applying generally accepted accounting principles, leading to timing differences between the Company’s actual tax liability and the amount accrued for this liability based on book income. These temporary differences comprise the “deferred” portion of the Company’s tax expense, which is accumulated on the Company’s books as a deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability until such time as it reverses. At the end of 2005, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $5.3 million.

Financial Condition

A comparison between the summary year-end balance sheets for 2001 through 2005 was presented previously in the table of Selected Financial Data (see Item 6 above). As indicated in that table, the Company’s total assets, loans, and shareholders’ equity have grown each year for the past four years. The Company experienced its most pronounced growth during 2004, with total assets increasing by $196 million, or 24%, due to the aforementioned leverage strategy and strong organic loan growth. Total assets grew by only $55 million, or 6%, in 2005 because of the sale of $21 million in mortgage loans and the prepayment of an $8 million loan participation. Significant changes in the relative size of balance sheet components in 2005 include a $4 million decline in non-performing assets, a $47 million, or 20%, increase in demand deposit balances, and a $29 million, or 17%, decrease in non-deposit borrowings. Within the deposit category, we also experienced a significant shift from money market deposits to higher-cost time deposits. The major components of the Company’s balance sheet are individually analyzed below, along with off-balance sheet information.

Loan and Lease Portfolio

The Company’s loan and lease portfolio represents the single largest portion of invested assets, substantially greater than the investment portfolio or any other asset category, and the quality and diversification of the loan and lease portfolio are important considerations when reviewing the Company’s financial condition. The Company is not involved with chemicals or toxins that might have an adverse effect on the environment, thus its primary exposure to environmental legislation is through its lending activities. The Company’s lending procedures include steps to identify and monitor this exposure in an effort to avoid any related loss or liability.

Gross loans and leases represented 70% of total assets at December 31, 2005, the same percentage as at December 31, 2004. Since deposits grew at a faster rate than loans in 2005, the ratio of net loans and leases to deposits declined to 89% at the end of 2005 from 92% at the end of 2004. Demand for loans remains relatively strong in many areas within the Company’s markets and competition continues to intensify, especially in Fresno and Bakersfield. To help ensure that we remain competitive, we have added leasing to our array of financing options, and make every effort to be flexible and creative in our approach to structuring loans.

The Selected Financial Data table in Item 6 above reflects the amount of loans and leases outstanding at December 31 st for each year from 2001 through 2005, net of deferred fees and origination costs and the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Loan and Lease Distribution table that follows sets forth the Company’s gross loans and leases outstanding and the percentage distribution in each category at the dates indicated. The amounts shown in the table do not reflect any deferred loan fees or deferred origination costs, nor is the allowance deducted.

 

32


Table of Contents

Loan and Lease Distribution

                                        
     As of December 31,

 

(dollars in thousands)


   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Agricultural

   $ 9,898     $ 13,146     $ 13,693     $ 11,030     $ 14,471  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ 98,077     $ 97,810     $ 91,367     $ 81,243     $ 80,613  

Real Estate:

                                        

Secured by Commercial/Professional Office Properties including construction and development

   $ 363,094     $ 336,065     $ 306,635     $ 238,709     $ 196,455  

Secured by Residential Properties

   $ 128,735     $ 126,241     $ 98,891     $ 91,084     $ 106,772  

Secured by Farmland

   $ 45,353     $ 37,648     $ 25,281     $ 16,931     $ 16,998  

Held for Sale

   $ —       $ 440     $ 513     $ 653     $ 1,048  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Real Estate

   $ 537,182     $ 500,394     $ 431,320     $ 347,377     $ 321,273  

Small Business Administration loans

   $ 24,190     $ 21,547     $ 21,964     $ 21,918     $ 16,942  

Consumer Loans

   $ 51,006     $ 48,992     $ 41,106     $ 39,825     $ 41,958  

Direct Financing Leases

   $ 10,138     $ 3,490     $ 792     $ —       $ —    

Credit Cards

   $ 10,869     $ 10,897     $ 10,439     $ 11,225     $ 11,344  
    


 


 


 


 


Total Loans and Leases

   $ 741,360     $ 696,276     $ 610,681     $ 512,618     $ 486,601  
    


 


 


 


 


Percentage of Total Loans and Leases

                                        

Agricultural

     1.34 %     1.89 %     2.24 %     2.15 %     2.97 %

Commercial and Industrial

     13.23 %     14.05 %     14.96 %     15.85 %     16.57 %

Real Estate:

                                        

Secured by Commercial/Professional Office Properties including construction and development

     48.98 %     48.27 %     50.21 %     46.57 %     40.37 %

Secured by Residential Properties

     17.36 %     18.13 %     16.20 %     17.77 %     21.94 %

Secured by Farmland

     6.12 %     5.41 %     4.14 %     3.30 %     3.49 %

Held for Sale

     0.00 %     0.06 %     0.08 %     0.13 %     0.22 %
    


 


 


 


 


Total Real Estate

     72.46 %     71.87 %     70.63 %     67.77 %     66.02 %

Small Business Administration loans

     3.26 %     3.09 %     3.60 %     4.27 %     3.48 %

Consumer Loans

     6.87 %     7.04 %     6.73 %     7.77 %     8.62 %

Direct Financing Leases

     1.37 %     0.49 %     0.13 %     0.00 %     0.00 %

Credit Cards

     1.47 %     1.57 %     1.71 %     2.19 %     2.34 %
    


 


 


 


 


       100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
    


 


 


 


 


As displayed in the table, aggregate loan and lease balances increased by $255 million, or 52%, from the end of 2001 to the end of 2005. The Company’s branches and other business units generated the bulk of that growth. Overall, loan demand in the Company’s immediate market has been weighted toward loans secured by real estate, especially loans secured by commercial and professional buildings. The most significant shift in the loan portfolio mix over the past five years has been toward real estate loans secured by commercial properties, which increased to 49% of total loans at the end of 2005 from 40% at the end of 2001. Commercial real estate is an important part of the Company’s lending focus and is likely to remain so for the immediate future. Commercial real estate loans increased by $27 million, or 8%, in 2005, despite the early payoff of an $8 million participation loan. Mainly because of growth in home equity lines, loans secured by residential properties grew by $2.5 million, or 2%, despite the sale of $21 million in residential mortgage loans.

Real estate loans secured by farmland grew by $8 million, or 20%, during 2005, and have increased from 3% to 6% of total loans since the end of 2001. Declining balances in our other component of agricultural loans, namely agricultural production loans, partially offset the increase in loans secured by farmland. In 2005, ag production loan balances fell by $3 million, or 25%, and they have declined from 3% to 1% of total loans since the end of 2001. The Company has, to some extent, withdrawn from financing production lines, where year-to-year cash flow variations can impede the ability of borrowers to meet contractual repayment terms. With uncertain commodity prices some of our borrowers have experienced declining equity in farming operations, and many are selling farm land for alternate uses such as housing and commercial development. The Company also originates and sells agricultural mortgage

 

33


Table of Contents

loans to certain investors, and the volume of agricultural mortgage loans serviced totaled $16 million as of December 31, 2005. Total loans serviced for others numbered 56 with an aggregate balance of $17 million as of the end of 2005, as compared to 76 loans with an aggregate balance of $25 million at the end of 2004.

Commercial and industrial loans, including SBA loans, increased by a combined $3 million, or 2%, in 2005. Despite an overall trend upward for the past few years, their growth rate has lagged that of the aggregate portfolio and commercial loans declined to 16% of total loans at the end of 2005 from 20% at the end of 2001. The Company’s commercial loans are centered in locally-oriented commercial activities in markets where the Company has a physical presence, and this segment of the portfolio has struggled for growth as the local market has become increasingly competitive and other lenders have been willing to offer terms that do not fit our profit equation. Potential business has been passed over in some instances, and in others the Company has taken real estate collateral as an abundance of caution, which causes the loans to be classified as commercial real estate. The Company also has a business unit dedicated to its SBA product and is very active in specific SBA program lending. Further, the Company is designated as an SBA Preferred Lender, which allows greater flexibility to meet small business loan requests with a more timely credit approval process. In the past the Company has sold some of its SBA loans, and while we still have the ability to do so, our intention for the immediate future is to retain the SBA loans we originate. Direct finance leases are also a form of secured commercial credit, and they have become an increasingly popular option for our business customers. Part of the reason for the limited growth in commercial loans is the growth in direct finance leases, which increased by $7 million, or 190%, in 2005.

The consumer loans category represented 7% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2005, and 7% at December 31, 2004. These balances consist primarily of automobile loans and unsecured lines of credit. Consumer loans increased by $2 million, or 4%, during 2005.

Credit card loans represented just 1% of total loans and leases outstanding at December 31, 2005, having declined from 2% of total loans and leases at December 31, 2001. Despite this decrease, the credit card segment of the Company’s loan product group remains an important part of the Company’s relationship-oriented retail lending strategy.

Loan and Lease Maturities

The following maturity table shows the amounts of total loans and leases outstanding as of December 31, 2005, including non-accruing loans. The maturity distribution is grouped by remaining scheduled principal payments that are due within three months, after three months but less than one year, after one but within five years, or after five years. The principal balance of loans due after one year is indicated by both fixed and floating rate categories.

 

     As of December 31, 2005

Loan and Lease Maturity

(dollars in thousands)            


   Three
months
or less


  

Three
months

to twelve
months


   One to five
years


   Over five
years


   Total

  

Floating
rate:

due after
one year


  

Fixed

rate:

due after
one year


Agricultural

   $ 1,600    $ 7,826    $ 472    $ —      $ 9,898    $ 276    $ 196

Commercial and Industrial (1)

   $ 11,499    $ 31,136    $ 54,301    $ 25,331    $ 122,267    $ 37,221    $ 42,411

Real Estate

   $ 30,603    $ 74,653    $ 82,494    $ 349,432    $ 537,182    $ 261,223    $ 170,703

Consumer Loans

   $ 1,667    $ 3,013    $ 22,468    $ 23,858    $ 51,006    $ 22,797    $ 23,529

Credit Cards

   $ —      $ —      $ 10,869    $ —      $ 10,869    $ 10,869    $ —  

Direct Financing Leases

   $ —      $ 13    $ 5,279    $ 4,846    $ 10,138    $ —      $ 10,125
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

TOTAL

   $ 45,369    $ 116,641    $ 175,883    $ 403,467    $ 741,360    $ 332,386    $ 246,964
    

  

  

  

  

  

  


(1) Includes Small Business Administration Loans

For a comprehensive discussion of the Company’s liquidity position, re-pricing characteristics of the balance sheet, and sensitivity to changes in interest rates, see the “Liquidity and Market Risk” section.

 

34


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, the Company makes commitments to extend credit to its customers as long as there are no violations of any conditions established in contractual arrangements. These commitments are obligations that represent a potential credit risk to the Company, yet are not reflected in any form within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Total unused commitments to extend credit were $317 million at December 31, 2005, as compared to $257 million at December 31, 2004. Net of credit card lines available which were $46 million and $42 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, unused commitments represented 37% and 31% of outstanding gross loans and leases at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company’s stand-by letters of credit at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $17 million and $20 million, respectively.

The effect on the Company’s revenues, expenses, cash flows and liquidity from the unused portion of the commitments to provide credit cannot be reasonably predicted, because there is no certainty that the lines of credit will ever be fully utilized. For more information regarding the Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements, see Note 11 to the financial statements located elsewhere herein.

Contractual Obligations

At the end of 2005, the Company had contractual obligations for the following payments, by type and period due:

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations 2005


   Total

  

Less than

1 Year


   1-3 Years

   3-5 Years

  

More than

5 Years


Long-term debt obligations

   $ 30,928,000    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 30,928,000

Capital lease obligations

   $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —      $ —  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 6,687,349    $ 811,893    $ 1,705,896    $ 1,481,694    $ 2,687,866

Purchase obligations

   $ 250,796    $ 125,398    $ 125,398           $ —  

Other long-term obligations

   $ 3,323,161    $ 1,697,837    $ 1,598,810    $ 26,514    $ —  
    

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 41,189,306    $ 2,635,128    $ 3,430,104    $ 1,508,208    $ 33,615,866
    

  

  

  

  

Non-performing Assets

Financial institutions generally have a certain level of exposure to asset quality risk, and could potentially receive less than a full return of principal and interest if a debtor becomes unable or unwilling to repay. Since loans are the most significant assets of the Company and generate the largest portion of its revenues, the Company’s management of asset quality risk is focused primarily on loan quality. Banks have generally suffered their most severe earnings declines as a result of customers’ inability to generate sufficient cash flow to service their debts, or as a result of the downturns in national and regional economies which have brought about declines in overall property values. In addition, certain debt securities that the Company may purchase have the potential of declining in value if the obligor’s financial capacity to repay deteriorates.

To help minimize credit quality concerns, we have established a sound approach to credit that includes well-defined goals and objectives and well-documented credit policies and procedures. The policies and procedures identify market segments, set goals for portfolio growth or contraction, and establish limits on industry and geographic credit concentrations. In addition, these policies establish the Company’s underwriting standards and the methods of monitoring ongoing credit quality. The Company’s internal credit risk controls are centered in underwriting practices, credit granting procedures, training, risk management techniques, and familiarity with loan and lease customers as well as the relative diversity and geographic concentration of our loan and lease portfolio.

The Company’s credit risk may also be affected by external factors such as the level of interest rates, employment, general economic conditions, real estate values, and trends in particular industries or geographic markets. As a multi-community independent bank serving a specific geographic area, the Company must contend with the unpredictable

 

35


Table of Contents

changes of the California and San Joaquin Valley markets. The Company’s asset quality has suffered in the past from the impact of national and regional economic recessions, consumer bankruptcies, weather-related agricultural losses, and depressed prices for agricultural goods. In recent years, however, the San Joaquin Valley has experienced healthy commercial and residential growth. Major companies are discovering the San Joaquin Valley as an ideal location for distribution facilities, jobs are growing at a relatively fast rate, and comparatively low-cost housing has attracted new residents from more expensive regions of California. The Company is optimistic that the local economy will continue to flourish, but no assurance can be given that this will in fact occur.

Non-performing assets are comprised of the following: Loans and leases for which the Company is no longer accruing interest; loans and leases 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest (although they are generally placed on non-accrual when they become 90 days past due); loans and leases restructured where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated, resulting in a deferral of interest or principal; and other real estate owned (“OREO”). Management’s classification of a loan or lease as “non-accrual” is an indication that there is reasonable doubt as to the full recovery of principal or interest on the loan or lease. At that point, the Company stops accruing income from the interest, reverses any uncollected interest that had been accrued as income, and begins recognizing interest income only as cash interest payments are received and as long as the collection of all outstanding principal is not in doubt. The loans may or may not be collateralized, and collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans or leases may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some change in financial status causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms and where the Company believes the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and make full restitution. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means that management is offering or will offer for sale. The following table provides information with respect to components of the Company’s non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

36


Table of Contents

Non-performing Assets

(dollars in thousands)        


   As of December 31,

 
   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Nonaccrual Loans and Leases: (1)

                                        

Agricultural

   $ —       $ —       $ 725     $ 15     $ 185  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ —       $ 393     $ 2,370     $ 1,070     $ 1,022  

Real Estate

                                        

Secured by Commercial/Professional Office Properties including construction and development

   $ —       $ —       $ 116     $ 350     $ 503  

Secured by Residential Properties

   $ —       $ —       $ 260     $ 31     $ —    

Secured by Farmland

   $ —       $ 1,313     $ 1,920     $ 2,343     $ 4,945  
    


 


 


 


 


TOTAL REAL ESTATE

   $ —       $ 1,313     $ 2,296     $ 2,724     $ 5,448  

Small Business Administration loans

   $ 288     $ 255     $ 787     $ 323     $ —    

Consumer Loans

   $ 21     $ 168     $ 284     $ 141     $ 22  

Credit Cards

   $ —       $ 19     $ 15     $ 56     $ 39  

Direct Financing Leases

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


SUBTOTAL

   $ 309     $ 2,148     $ 6,477     $ 4,329     $ 6,716  

Loans and leases 90 days or more past due & still accruing:

                                        

(as to principal or interest)

                                        

Agricultural

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,418  

Commercial and Industrial

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 1,426     $ 867  

Real Estate

                                        

Secured by Commercial/Professional Office Properties including construction and development

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 700     $ —    

Secured by Residential Properties

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 640  

Secured by Farmland

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


TOTAL REAL ESTATE

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 700     $ 640  

Small Business Administration loans

   $ —       $ 280     $ 206     $ —       $ —    

Consumer Loans

   $ —       $ 20     $ —       $ —       $ 126  

Credit Cards

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 12     $ 17  

Direct Financing Leases

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


SUBTOTAL

   $ —       $ 300     $ 206     $ 2,138     $ 3,068  
    


 


 


 


 


TOTAL NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND LEASES

   $ 309     $ 2,448     $ 6,683     $ 6,467     $ 9,784  

Other Real Estate Owned

   $ 533     $ 2,524     $ 2,784     $ 1,421     $ 769  
    


 


 


 


 


Total nonperforming assets

   $ 842     $ 4,972     $ 9,467     $ 7,888     $ 10,553  
    


 


 


 


 


Restructured loans and leases (2)

     N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  

Nonperforming loans and leases as % of total gross loans and leases

     0.04 %     0.35 %     1.09 %     1.26 %     2.01 %

Nonperforming assets as a % of total gross loans and leases and other real estate owned

     0.11 %     0.71 %     1.54 %     1.53 %     2.17 %

(1) Additional interest income of approximately $7,977 would have been recorded for the year ended December 31, 2005 if these loans had been paid in accordance with their original terms and had been outstanding throughout the applicable period then ended or, if not outstanding throughout the applicable period then ended, since origination.
(2) A “restructured loan or lease” is one where the terms were renegotiated to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of a deterioration in the financial position of the borrower.

The balance of non-performing assets at the end of 2005 represents a decrease of $4.1 million, or 83%, from year-end 2004 levels. Non-performing assets also declined by $4.5 million, or 47%, during 2004. The ratio of non-performing assets to total gross loans plus OREO also fell substantially, to 0.11% at the end of 2005 from 0.71% at the end of 2004, and non-performing loans as a percentage of total loans and leases fell to 0.04% from 0.35%. The main changes during 2005 were in loans secured by farmland, which were reduced by $1.3 million due to the sale of a

 

37


Table of Contents

non-accruing note, and OREO, which was reduced by $2.0 million. The sale of the note resulted in the recovery of $500,000 in previously charged-off principal, as well as the payment of $536,000 in interest that had not been accrued. The reduction in OREO was partly the result of $550,000 in write-downs during the year, but was also due to the sale of several properties. It should be noted that during the first quarter of 2005, a $2.5 million unsecured commercial loan was placed on non-accrual. Since it was charged off subsequent to year-end, however, it is not reflected in the table above.

In 2004, the principal changes were in commercial and industrial loans, which dropped by $2.0 million, agricultural loans, which fell by $725,000, and loans secured by farmland, which were $607,000 lower. The decline in commercial and industrial loans was mainly due to a $1 million relationship that was brought current when the customer collected delinquent payments owed to it under a government contract. The Company also collected a $600,000 balance plus past-due interest under a USDA guarantee, further reducing the balance of non-accruing commercial loans. The balance of agricultural loans and loans secured by farmland declined mainly due to principal pay-downs, but also due in part to the charge-off of balances deemed uncollectible.

While the current level of non-performing assets represents significant improvement and is relatively low, we recognize that an increase in the dollar amount of non-accrual loans and leases is possible in the normal course of business as we expand our lending activities. We also expect occasional foreclosures as a last resort in the resolution of some problem credits.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for losses based on management’s evaluation of known and inherent risks in the Company’s loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is increased by provisions charged against current earnings, and reduced by net charge-offs. Loans and leases are charged off when they are deemed to be uncollectible, while recoveries are generally recorded only when cash payments are received subsequent to the charge off.

We employ a systematic methodology for determining the allowance for loan and lease losses that includes a periodic review process and adjustment of the allowance at least quarterly. Our process includes a review of individual loans and leases that have been specifically identified as problems or have characteristics that could lead to impairment, as well as detailed reviews of other loans and leases (either individually or in pools). Our methodology incorporates a variety of risk considerations, both quantitative and qualitative, in establishing an allowance for losses that management believes is appropriate at each reporting date.

Quantitative factors include our historical loss experience, delinquency and charge-off trends, collateral values, changes in non-performing loans and leases, and other factors. Quantitative factors also incorporate known information about individual loans and leases, including borrowers’ sensitivity to interest rate movements and to other quantifiable external factors, such as commodity price changes and acts of nature (freezes, earthquakes, fires, etc.), that occur in a particular period. Qualitative factors are at least to some extent based on management’s judgment and experience. They include an assessment of the general economic environment in our markets and, in particular, the state of agriculture and other key industries in the San Joaquin Valley. The way a particular loan or lease might be structured, the extent and nature of waivers of existing loan policies, the results of bank regulatory examinations, model imprecision, and the expected rate of portfolio growth are additional factors that are considered. The table which follows summarizes the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the years indicated:

 

38


Table of Contents

Allowance For Loan Losses and Leases

(dollars in thousands)


   As of and for the years ended December 31,

 
   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 

Balances:

                                        

Average gross loans and leases outstanding during period

   $ 708,002     $ 636,598     $ 550,744     $ 500,461     $ 426,968  
    


 


 


 


 


Gross loans and leases outstanding at end of period

   $ 741,360     $ 696,276     $ 610,681     $ 512,618     $ 486,601  
    


 


 


 


 


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses:

                                        

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 8,842     $ 6,701     $ 5,939     $ 5,675     $ 5,362  
    


 


 


 


 


Provision Charged to Expense

   $ 3,150     $ 3,473     $ 3,105     $ 3,350     $ 1,300  
    


 


 


 


 


Charge-offs

                                        

Agricultural

   $ —       $ 60     $ —       $ 602     $ 81  

Commercial & Industrial Loans (1)

   $ 2,864     $ 459     $ 1,491     $ 1,161     $ 295  

Real Estate loans

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Consumer Loans

   $ 494     $ 596     $ 542     $ 1,031     $ 376  

Direct Financing Leases

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Credit Card Loans

   $ 400     $ 402     $ 561     $ 580     $ 587  

Overdrafts

   $ 216     $ 254     $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


Total

   $ 3,974     $ 1,771     $ 2,594     $ 3,374     $ 1,339  
    


 


 


 


 


Recoveries

                                        

Agricultural

   $ 747     $ 143     $ 34     $ 34     $ 31  

Commercial & Industrial Loans (1)

   $ 325     $ 95     $ 68     $ 156     $ 187  

Real Estate loans

   $ 2     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Consumer Loans

   $ 95     $ 120     $ 73     $ 37     $ 39  

Direct Financing Leases

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Credit Card Loans

   $ 88     $ 71     $ 76     $ 61     $ 95  

Overdrafts

   $ 55     $ 10     $ —       $ —       $ —    
    


 


 


 


 


Total

   $ 1,312     $ 439     $ 251     $ 288     $ 352  
    


 


 


 


 


Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs

   $ 2,662     $ 1,332     $ 2,343     $ 3,086     $ 987  
    


 


 


 


 


Balance at end of period

   $ 9,330     $ 8,842     $ 6,701     $ 5,939     $ 5,675  
    


 


 


 


 


Ratios:

                                        

Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs to Average Loans and Leases

     0.38 %     0.21 %     0.43 %     0.62 %     0.23 %

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Gross Loans and Leases at End of Period

     1.26 %     1.27 %     1.10 %     1.16 %     1.17 %

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to Non-Performing Loans and Leases

     3019.42 %     361.19 %     100.27 %     91.84 %     58.00 %

Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs to Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at End of Period

     28.53 %     15.06 %     34.96 %     51.96 %     17.39 %

Net Loan and Lease Charge-offs to Provision for Loan and Lease Losses

     84.51 %     38.35 %     75.46 %     92.12 %     75.92 %

(1) Includes Small Business Administration Loans.

The Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses increased by $488,000 during 2005 and ended the year at $9.3 million. The loss provision in 2005 totaled $3.2 million, compared to $3.5 million in 2004. Net loans charged off were $2.7 million in 2005 as compared to $1.3 million in 2004. Net charge-offs in 2005 included a $2.5 million unsecured commercial loan that was charged off in the fourth quarter. Net loans charged off in 2005 were 0.38% of average loans and leases, compared to 0.21% in 2004. A significant factor helping minimize net charge-offs in 2005 was $1.3 million in the recovery of previously charged-off principal, compared to only $439,000 in recoveries in the

 

39


Table of Contents

prior year. This high level of recoveries is due primarily to three loans, one of which was the note mentioned in the previous section that resulted in a $500,000 recovery when it was sold. The other two were simply loans that had significant amounts charged off in previous years, where persistent collection efforts were ultimately successful. In the table above, overdrafts account for net charge-offs of $161,000 in 2005 and $244,000 in 2004 but none in previous years, because prior to 2004 losses stemming from overdraft balances were included as operating losses in operating expenses. While uncollectible overdraft balances are now charged off as loan losses against the allowance for loan and lease losses, related overdraft fees and charges are still reflected as operating losses.

The allowance for loan and lease losses dropped slightly to 1.26% of total loans and leases at year-end 2005 from 1.27% at the end of 2004. The allowance increased to a very large percentage of non-performing loans, due to the substantial decrease in non-performing balances.

Our methodology for determining the adequacy of the Company’s allowance for loan and lease losses is, and has been, consistently followed. However, as we add new products, increase in complexity, and expand our geographic coverage, we expect to enhance our methodology to keep pace with the size and complexity of the loan and lease portfolio. On an ongoing basis we engage outside firms to independently assess our methodology and perform independent credit reviews of our loan and lease portfolio. The Company’s external auditors and credit review consultants, the FDIC, and the California Department of Financial Institutions also review the allowance for loan and lease losses as an integral part of the examination processes. Management believes that the current methodology is appropriate given our size and level of complexity. Further, management believes that the allowance for loan and lease losses was adequate as of December 31, 2005 to cover known and inherent risks in the portfolio. Fluctuations in credit quality, changes in economic conditions, or other factors could induce us to augment the allowance, however, and no assurance can be given that such factors will not result in increased losses in the loan and lease portfolio in the future.

The following table provides a summary of the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses for specific categories at the dates indicated. The allocation presented should not be interpreted as an indication that charges to the allowance for loan and lease losses will be incurred in these amounts or proportions, or that the portion of the allowance allocated to each category represents the total amounts available for charge-offs that may occur within these categories.

 

Allocation of Loan and

Lease Loss Allowance

(dollars in thousands)


   As of December 31,

 
   2005

    2004

    2003

    2002

    2001

 
   Amount

   % Total  (1)
Loans


    Amount

   % Total  (1)
Loans


    Amount

   % Total  (1)
Loans


    Amount

   % Total  (1)
Loans


    Amount

   % Total  (1)
Loans


 

Agricultural

   $ 64    1.34 %   $ 442    1.89 %   $ 351    2.24 %   $ 419    2.15 %   $ 997    2.97 %

Commercial and Industrial (2)

   $ 2,295    16.49 %   $ 4,421    17.14 %   $ 2,728    18.56 %   $ 2,529    20.12 %   $ 1,573    20.05 %

Real Estate

   $ 5,918    72.46 %   $ 2,211    71.87 %   $ 2,721    70.63 %   $ 1,538    67.77 %   $ 1,713    66.02 %

Consumer Loans

   $ 467    6.87 %   $ 884    7.04 %   $ 719    6.73 %   $ 734    7.77 %   $ 681    8.62 %

Direct Financing Leases

   $ 71    1.37 %   $ 177    0.49 %   $ —      0.13 %   $ —      0.00 %   $ —      0.00 %

Credit Cards

   $ 515    1.47 %   $ 707    1.57 %   $ 182    1.71 %   $ 719    2.19 %   $ 711    2.34 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

TOTAL

   $ 9,330    100.00 %   $ 8,842    100.00 %   $ 6,701    100.00 %   $ 5,939    100.00 %   $ 5,675    100.00 %
    

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  


(1) Represents percentage of loans in category to total loans.
(2) Includes Small Business Administration loans.

Investment Portfolio

With a book value of $194 million at December 31, 2005, the investment securities portfolio is the second largest component of the Company’s interest earning assets, and the structure and composition of this portfolio is important to any analysis of the financial condition of the Company. The investment portfolio serves the following purposes: 1) it can be readily reduced in size to provide liquidity for loan balance increases or deposit balance decreases; 2) it provides a source of pledged assets for securing certain deposits and borrowed funds, as may be required by law or by specific agreement with a depositor or lender; 3) it can be used as an interest rate risk management tool, since it provides a large base of assets, the maturity and interest rate characteristics of which can be changed more readily

 

40


Table of Contents

than the loan portfolio to better match changes in the deposit base and other funding sources of the Company; 4) it is an alternative interest-earning use of funds when loan demand is weak or when deposits grow more rapidly than loans; and 5) it can enhance the Company’s tax position by providing partially tax exempt income.

The Company uses two portfolio classifications for its investments: “Held-to-maturity”, and “Available-for-sale”. Accounting rules also allow for a trading portfolio classification, but the Company has no investments that would be classified as such. The held-to-maturity portfolio can consist only of investments that the Company has both the intent and ability to hold until maturity, to be sold only in the event of concerns with an issuer’s credit worthiness, a change in tax law that eliminates their tax exempt status, or other infrequent situations as permitted by generally accepted accounting principles. Since the Company does not have a trading portfolio, the available-for-sale portfolio is comprised of all securities not included as “held-to-maturity”. Even though management currently has the intent and the ability to hold the Company’s marketable investments to maturity, they are all currently classified as available-for-sale to allow flexibility with regard to the active management of the Company’s investment portfolio. SFAS 133 requires available-for-sale securities to be marked to market on a periodic basis with an offset to accumulated other comprehensive income, a component of equity. Monthly adjustments are made to that account to reflect changes in the market value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities.

The Company’s investment portfolio is currently composed primarily of: (1) U.S. Treasury and Agency issues for liquidity and pledging; (2) mortgage-backed securities, which in many instances can also be used for pledging, and which generally enhance the yield of the portfolio; (3) state, county and municipal obligations, which provide limited tax free income and pledging potential; and (4) other equity investments. The fourth category includes an equity investment in Farmer Mac stock, which is a required element to allow the Company to sell certain agricultural loans to this quasi-governmental agency. Securities pledged as collateral for repurchase agreements, public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law were $164 million and $177 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

In 2005, the investment portfolio declined by $4 million, or 2%, and dropped to 18% of total assets at the end of 2005 from 20% at the end of 2004. While the overall change is not significant, certain components of the investment portfolio changed dramatically. Mortgage-backed securities were $28 million lower at the end of 2005 than at the end of 2004, a 17% decline due to a relatively high level of prepayments as well as the year-end sale of $13 million in securities. The sale, which did not involve any leverage strategy securities, was undertaken primarily to allow us to reinvest in higher-performing bonds to extend duration, reduce negative convexity, and increase yield. While we accomplished those objectives, the sale also resulted in a $406,000 loss. The mortgage-backed securities that were sold were replaced primarily by municipal bonds, which increased by over $12 million, or 37%, in 2005. In order to provide additional collateral for pledging purposes, our portfolio of U.S. Government Agency securities was also increased during the year. This category went up by $11 million, or 186%, during 2005. With this shift, mortgage-backed securities fell to 68% of the total portfolio at the end of 2005 from 80% at the end of 2004, while municipal securities increased to 23% from 17% and agency securities increased to 9% from 3%.

In 2004, with the purchase of more than $100 million for the leverage strategy, mortgage-backed securities increased to 80% of the total portfolio from 45% at the end of 2003. U.S. Treasury and Agency bonds declined to 3% of the portfolio at the end of 2004 from 13% at the end of 2003, and municipal bonds fell to 17% of the total portfolio at the end of 2004 from 41% at the end of 2003. In reviewing actual balance changes, mortgage-backed securities increased by $120 million, while U.S. government agency securities fell by $5 million and municipal bonds were down by $2 million in 2004. Most of the decline in agencies was due to maturing bonds that were subsequently replaced with relatively higher-yielding mortgage-backed securities, while the drop in municipal securities was mainly from bonds that were called prior to maturity.

As can be seen on the Distribution, Rate & Yield table presented in a previous section, the average tax-equivalent yield earned on total investments increased to 4.34% in 2005 from 4.19% in 2004. The following Investment Portfolio table reflects the amortized cost and fair market values for the total portfolio for each of the categories of investments for the past three years.

 

41


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Investment Portfolio - Available For Sale

(dollars in thousands)


   Amortized
Cost


   Fair Market
Value


   Amortized
Cost


   Fair Market
Value


   Amortized
Cost


   Fair Market
Value


US Treasury Securities

   $ 504    $ 495    $ 506    $ 506    $ 509    $ 518

US Government Agencies & Corporations

     17,360      17,143      6,013      6,004      10,499      10,629

Mortgage-backed securities (CMO)

     134,455      131,050      159,576      158,722      38,094      38,492

State & political subdivisions

     44,477      44,977      31,504      32,783      33,415      35,148

Equity securities

     6      11      6      9      6      11
    

  

  

  

  

  

Total Investment Securities

   $ 196,802    $ 193,676    $ 197,605    $ 198,024    $ 82,523    $ 84,798
    

  

  

  

  

  

The investment maturities table below summarizes contractual maturities for the Company’s investment securities and their weighted average yields at December 31, 2005. The actual timing of principal payments may differ from remaining contractual maturities, because obligors may have the right to repay certain obligations with or without penalties.

 

     As of December 31, 2005

 

Investment Maturities - Available For Sale

(dollars in thousands)


  

Within One

Year


    After One But
Within Five Years


    After Five Years But
Within Ten Years


   

After Ten

Years


    Total

 
   Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

    Amount

   Yield

 

US Treasury securities

   $ —      —       $ 495    3.16 %   $ —      —       $ —      —       $ 495    3.16 %

US Government agencies & corporations

     3,958    3.89 %     13,185    4.39 %     —      —         —      —         17,143    4.27 %

Mortgage-backed securities

     1,309    4.18 %     124,025    4.24 %     5,716    4.34 %     —      —         131,050    4.25 %

State & political subdivsions (1)

     5,280    5.66 %     11,746    6.45 %     23,781    5.93 %     4,170    6.29 %     44,977    6.07 %

Equity securities (2)

     —      —         —      —         —      —         11    4.63 %     11    4.63 %
    

        

        

        

        

      

Total investment securities

   $ 10,547          $ 149,451          $ 29,497          $ 4,181          $ 193,676       
    

        

        

        

        

      

(1) Yields are not adjusted for the tax benefits of non taxable income
(2) Equity securities have no stated maturity but have been added to the after ten years, for ease of review.

Cash and Due From Banks

Cash on hand and balances due from correspondent banks totaled $50 million at the end of 2005 and $37 million at the end of 2004. At December 31, 2005, cash and due from banks comprised 5% of total assets, compared to 4% at December 31, 2004. These balances fluctuate frequently and by large amounts depending on the status of cash items in process of collection and cash on hand, thus period-end balances are not optimal indicators of trends in cash and due from banks. Annual average balances provide a much more appropriate gauge. The average balance for both 2005 and 2004 was $38 million. This balance is expected to increase as we add branches in the future.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to income over the estimated useful lives of the assets and leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the related lease, or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense was $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 as compared to $2.9 million during 2004. Depreciation on equipment leased to others is reflected in other operating costs. The following premises and equipment table reflects the balances by major category of fixed assets:

 

42


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Premises & Equipment

(dollars in thousands)


   Cost

   Accumulated
Depr and Amort


   Net Book
Value


   Cost

   Accumulated
Depr and Amort


   Net Book
Value


   Cost

   Accumulated
Depr and Amort


   Net Book
Value


Land

   $ 2,054    $ —      $ 2,054    $ 2,045    $ —      $ 2,045    $ 2,045    $ —      $ 2,045

Buildings

   $ 10,287    $ 3,543    $ 6,744    $ 9,875    $ 3,177    $ 6,698    $ 9,802    $ 2,807    $ 6,995

Leasehold Improvements

   $ 4,847    $ 1,568    $ 3,279    $ 3,675    $ 1,332    $ 2,343    $ 3,054    $ 1,127    $ 1,927

Construction in progress

   $ 416    $ —      $ 416    $ 11    $ —      $ 11    $ 8    $ —      $ 8

Furniture and Equipment

   $ 18,949    $ 13,387    $ 5,562    $ 17,881    $ 11,247    $ 6,634    $ 15,875    $ 10,036    $ 5,839
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

Total

   $ 36,553    $ 18,498    $ 18,055    $ 33,487    $ 15,756    $ 17,731    $ 30,784    $ 13,970    $ 16,814
    

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

  

The net book value of the Company’s premises and equipment increased by $324,000 in 2005, due mainly to the capitalized costs associated with building and outfitting the new Reedley branch and remodeling another branch, although these costs were largely offset by the net increase in accumulated depreciation on furniture and equipment. The net book value of the Company’s aggregate premises and equipment was 1.7% of total assets at December 31, 2005, 1.8% at December 31, 2004, and 2.1% at December 31, 2003.

Other Assets

Other assets increased by $4.1 million, or 8%, during 2005, and were about 5% of total assets at the end of both 2005 and 2004. The balance increase in 2005 is attributable to the following: the net cash surrender value of BOLI increased by $2.8 million, due to an additional $1.9 million investment made in August 2005 plus earnings for the year; our investment in tax credit funds increased by $1.9 million, due to an additional $3 million commitment less pass-through losses recognized during the year; we committed to a $1 million investment in the Central Valley Fund, a small business investment company formed to provide mezzanine capital primarily to small and mid-sized businesses in the Central Valley; and our restricted stock balance declined $1.7 million, due to a $1.1 million reduction in FHLB stock in conjunction with our reduced FHLB borrowings and the $570,000 write-down of our investment in Diversified Holdings Corporation.

As noted above, the Company holds certain equity investments that are not readily marketable securities and thus are classified as “other assets” on the Company’s balance sheet. These include investments in Pacific Coast Bankers Bancshares, Diversified Holdings Corporation (“DHC”), California Economic Development Lending Initiative, and the FHLB. The largest of these investments is the Company’s $4.5 million investment in FHLB stock. This investment fluctuates from time to time based on the Company’s borrowing activity at the Federal Home Loan Bank, and as noted earlier declined in 2005 due to a drop borrowings related to the leverage strategy. And, as noted previously, the Company’s investment in DHC was written down during 2005. DHC is owned primarily by a consortium of California bank holding companies, none of which holds voting shares in excess of 5% of the total voting stock of DHC. DHC was the holding company for certain title insurance companies that were all sold during 2005. The current carrying value of $430,000 is equivalent to the amount of sale proceeds that we ultimately expect to collect.

The other assets category also includes low-income housing tax credit funds, which lower the Company’s tax liability through direct tax credits as well as partnership operating losses. Pass-through partnership losses from tax credit funds are charged against the Company’s investment in such funds, thus the investment has been written down from its original total of $10.0 million to $8.8 million at December 31, 2004. Even taking losses into consideration and assuming no gain upon disposition, the estimated tax-equivalent return on these investments over the expected 15-year life is around 11%, although no guarantee can be provided that this level of return will ultimately be realized.

As noted, the other assets category includes an aggregate $19.7 million investment in bank-owned life insurance at December 31, 2005. BOLI is an insurance policy with a single premium paid at policy commencement. Its initial net cash surrender value is equivalent to the premium paid, and it adds income through non-taxable increases in its cash surrender value, net of the cost of insurance, plus any death benefits ultimately received by the Company. The costs of certain benefit plans added by the Company in 2002 and 2005 are “funded” with BOLI income, but even net of the accruals for expected expenses associated with these benefit plans the BOLI is projected to have an annualized tax-equivalent return of around 8%. No assurance can be given that this return will be fully realized every year, though.

 

43


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2005, a $5.3 million net deferred tax asset is also an element of the Company’s other assets. Most of the Company’s temporary differences between book and taxable income and expenses involve recognizing more expense in its financial statements than it has been allowed to deduct for taxes; therefore, the Company’s deferred tax assets typically exceeds its deferred tax liabilities. The net deferred tax asset is primarily due to temporary book/tax differences in the reported allowance for loan losses plus deferred compensation, net of deferred liabilities comprised mainly of fixed asset depreciation differences and deferred loan origination costs. Management has evaluated all deferred tax assets, and has no reason to believe that either the quality of the deferred tax assets or the Company’s future taxable income potential would preclude full realization of all amounts in future years.

Deposits

Information concerning the average balance and average rates paid on deposits by deposit type for the past three fiscal years is contained in the Distribution, Rate, and Yield table located in the previous section on Results of Operations–Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin. The composition and cost of the Company’s deposit base are important components in analyzing the Company’s net interest margin and balance sheet liquidity characteristics, both of which are discussed in greater detail in other sections herein. Our net interest margin is improved to the extent that growth in deposits can be concentrated in historically lower-cost deposits such as non-interest-bearing demand, NOW accounts, savings accounts and money market deposit accounts. The Company’s liquidity is impacted by the volatility of deposits or other funding instruments, or in other words by the propensity of that money to leave the institution for rate-related or other reasons. Potentially, the most volatile deposits in a financial institution are jumbo certificates of deposit, meaning time deposits with balances that equal or exceed $100,000, as customers with balances of that magnitude are typically more rate-sensitive than customers with smaller balances. The Company’s community-oriented deposit gathering activities, however, seem to have engendered a base of local customers who tend to display more brand loyalty and thus are less likely to leave the Company than might otherwise be expected.

The Company’s total deposits grew by $73 million, or 10% during 2005, and by $58 million, or 9% during 2004. During 2005, core deposits, which include all deposits except brokered deposits and time deposits issued in denominations of $100,000 or more, increased by $31 million, or 5%. That net increase includes a $31 million drop in money market deposit accounts resulting from migration to higher-rate jumbo time deposits, and excluding money market deposits, other core deposits increased by $62 million, or 13%. The average balance per core deposit account was about $11,000 at the end of 2005, approximately the same as at the end of 2004. Core deposit accounts increased by 2,700 in number in 2005, a 5% increase. The increase in customers and accounts was generated by marketing campaigns specifically targeting retail deposit products, and by more intense cross-selling efforts in the Company’s branches. We are focused on sustaining the momentum in core customer deposit growth in order to let brokered deposits roll off as they mature, although no assurance can be given that the Company will achieve this objective.

As noted above, during 2005 money market accounts declined by $31 million, or 22%, while jumbo time deposits increased by $42 million, or 31%. Money market accounts fell to 13% of total deposits at the end of 2005 from 19% at the end of 2004, while jumbo time deposits increased to 22% of total deposits from 18%. Despite this migration into a higher-cost deposit category, a favorable volume shift is evident in non-interest demand deposits, which increased to 35% of total deposits at December 31, 2005 from 32% at the end of December 2004. Non-interest demand deposit balances increased by $47 million, or 20%, in 2005. NOW and savings accounts increased by a combined $10 million, or 8%.

 

44


Table of Contents

The scheduled maturity distribution of the Company’s time deposits as of December 31, 2005 was as follows:

 

     As of December 31, 2005

Deposit Maturity Distribution

(dollars in thousands)


  

Three
months

or less


  

Three

to six
months


   Six
to twelve
months


   One to
three
years


   Over
three
Years


   Total

Time Certificates of Deposits < $100,000

   $ 49,001    $ 27,597    $ 24,012    $ 7,143    $ 1,174    $ 108,927

Other Time Deposits > $100,000

   $ 131,066    $ 23,568    $ 16,566    $ 4,072    $ 987    $ 176,259
    

  

  

  

  

  

TOTAL

   $ 180,067    $ 51,165    $ 40,578    $ 11,215    $ 2,161    $ 285,186
    

  

  

  

  

  

In addition to deposit liabilities obtained in local markets, the Company provides a cash management product to its commercial business customers. This product group is categorized as a non-deposit “sweep” account. At December 31, 2005, the Company’s balance sheet includes $27 million in repurchase agreements in short-term borrowings (see next section), secured by pledged investments held segregated from the Company’s securities portfolio, that represent such sweep accounts. At December 31, 2004, the Company’s financial statements reflected approximately $24 million in repurchase agreements. Due to their overnight nature, the cost of these sweep accounts has generally been lower than the Company’s interest rates for longer-term funds. It is anticipated that this product will remain an important aspect of the Company’s service capacity.

Other Borrowings

The Company utilizes other short-term borrowings to temporarily fund loan growth when customer deposit growth has not kept pace with increases in outstanding loan balances. In addition, short-term borrowings may be used to purchase additional investments, or when additional liquidity is required to support higher customer cash utilization. Short-term borrowings principally include overnight fed funds purchased, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco (FHLB), and securities sold under repurchase agreements which were described more fully in the previous section. The details of these borrowings for the years 2005, 2004, and 2003 are presented below:

 

Short-term Borrowings


   2005

    2004

    2003

 

Repurchase Agreements (dollars in thousands)

                        

Balance at December 31

   $ 26,791     $ 24,187     $ 13,647  

Average amount outstanding

   $ 28,772     $ 23,782     $ 14,938  

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

   $ 31,038     $ 27,394     $ 17,980  

Average interest rate for the year

     0.38 %     0.32 %     0.63 %
    


 


 


Fed funds purchased (dollars in thousands)

                        

Balance at December 31

   $ —       $ —       $ —    

Average amount outstanding

   $ 690     $ 1,003     $ 423  

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

   $ 10,600     $ 5,900     $ 10,600  

Average interest rate for the year

     4.06 %     1.10 %     1.65 %
    


 


 


Short Term Borrowings (dollars in thousands)

                        

Balance at December 31

   $ 41,070     $ 43,800     $ 19,615  

Average amount outstanding

   $ 25,357     $ 18,038     $ 7,405  

Maximum amount outstanding at any month end

   $ 56,900     $ 43,800     $ 34,324  

Average interest rate for the year

     3.25 %     1.57 %     1.15 %
    


 


 


 

45


Table of Contents

In addition to short-term borrowings, the Company had $46 million in long-term borrowings on its balance sheet at December 31, 2005, down from $75 million at December 31, 2004. The long-term borrowings represent secured advances from the FHLB pursuant to the leverage strategy, and declined due to planned leverage strategy runoff. Original maturities on these borrowings range from one year up to five years.

Capital Resources

At December 31, 2005, the Company had total shareholders’ equity of $78.8 million, comprised of $12.2 million in common stock, $68.4 million in retained earnings, and a $1.8 million accumulated other comprehensive loss. Total shareholders equity at the end of 2004 was $71.1 million. Net income has provided $39.9 million in capital over the last three years, of which $11.3 million or approximately 28% was distributed in dividends. While the retention of earnings has been the Company’s main source of capital since 1982, the Company has also issued a total of $30 million in trust preferred securities through its unconsolidated wholly-owned subsidiaries, Sierra Capital Trust I and Sierra Statutory Trust II. Trust preferred proceeds are generally considered to be Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital for regulatory purposes, but long-term debt in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. However, no assurance can be given that trust preferred securities will continue to be treated as Tier 1 capital in the future.

The Company paid cash dividends totaling $4.4 million, or $0.45 per share in 2005, and $3.5 million, or $0.37 per share in 2004, representing 33% of the prior year’s earnings for 2005 and 34% for 2004. The Company anticipates paying future dividends of around 30% to 35% of the prior year’s net earnings, which is within the range of typical peer payout ratios, however no assurance can be given that earnings and/or growth expectations in any given year will justify the payment of such a dividend.

The Company uses a variety of measures to evaluate capital adequacy. Management reviews various capital measurements on a regular basis and takes appropriate action to ensure that such measurements are within established internal and external guidelines. The external guidelines, which are issued by the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC, establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. There are two categories of capital under the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC guidelines: Tier 1 and Tier 2 Capital. Our Tier 1 Capital currently includes common shareholders’ equity and the proceeds from the issuance of trust preferred securities (trust preferred securities are counted only up to a maximum of 25% of Tier 1 capital), less goodwill and certain other deductions, notably the unrealized net gains or losses (after tax adjustments) on securities available for sale, which are carried at fair market value. Our Tier 2 Capital includes preferred stock, the amount of trust preferred securities not includible in Tier 1 Capital, and the allowance for loan losses, subject to certain limitations. (For a more detailed definition, see “Item 1, Business-Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy Requirements” herein.)

At December 31, 2005, the Company had a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 13.5%, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 12.0%, and a leverage ratio of 9.9%. These are all higher than previous year-end ratios of 13.3% total capital to risk-weighted assets, a Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 11.3%, and a leverage ratio of 9.2%. Note 13 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements provides more detailed information concerning the Company’s capital amounts and ratios. At December 31, 2005, on a stand-alone basis the Bank had a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 11.3%, and a leverage capital ratio of 9.3%. As of the end of 2005, both the Company and the Bank were considered to be “well capitalized” by regulatory standards. We do not foresee any circumstances that would cause the either the Company or the Bank to be less than “well capitalized”, although no assurance can be given that this will not occur.

Liquidity and Market Risk Management

Liquidity

Liquidity refers to the Company’s ability to maintain cash flows sufficient to fund operations, and to meet obligations and other commitments in a timely and cost-effective fashion. At various times the Company requires funds to meet short-term cash requirements brought about by loan growth or deposit outflows, the purchase of assets, or liability repayments. To manage liquidity needs properly, cash inflows must be timed to coincide with anticipated outflows,

 

46


Table of Contents

or sufficient liquidity resources must be available to meet varying demands. The Company manages liquidity in such a fashion as to be able to meet unexpected sudden changes in levels of its assets or deposit liabilities without maintaining excessive amounts of on-balance sheet liquidity. Over-abundant balance sheet liquidity can negatively impact the interest margin.

An integral part of the Company’s ability to manage its liquidity position appropriately is the Company’s large base of core deposits, which are generated by offering traditional banking services in the communities in its service area and which have, historically, been a very stable source of funds. In addition to core deposits, the Company has the ability to raise deposits through various deposit brokers if required for liquidity purposes. The Company’s net loan to deposit ratio decreased slightly to 89.5% at the end of 2005 from 92.4% at the end of 2004, due to a deposit growth rate that exceeded the rate of loan growth during 2005.

We also monitor the Company’s liquidity position and net non-core funding dependence ratios, among others, with policy guidelines of “above 10%” and “below 35%”, respectively. The liquidity position ratio is defined as net cash, non-pledged investment securities, and other marketable assets, divided by total deposits and short-term liabilities minus liabilities secured by investments or other marketable assets. This ratio was 18.6% at the end of December 2005, and 17.0% at the end of December 2004. The net non-core funding dependence ratio is simply non-core liabilities less short-term investments, divided by long-term assets. It was 31.2% at December 31, 2005 and 31.1% at December 31, 2004.

The unpledged portion of the Company’s investment portfolio is an integral component of liquidity management due to the relative ease with which many bonds can be sold. There were $30 million in unpledged marketable investments at the end of 2005 that could be sold for liquidity purposes if necessary. Management is of the opinion that its investments and other potentially liquid assets, along with other standby funding sources it has arranged, are more than sufficient to meet the Company’s current and anticipated short-term liquidity needs. Along with available investment balances, sources of balance sheet liquidity include $50 million in cash and due from banks, $18 million in the guaranteed portion of SBA loans, and $20 million in the net cash surrender value of BOLI. Standby funding sources include a formal secured borrowing line with the Federal Home Loan Bank that has availability of $82 million based on the current level of pledged real estate assets, informal unsecured short-term liquidity lines for overnight fed funds with certain correspondent banks totaling $88 million, and a $2.4 million secured line at the Federal Reserve Discount Window.

Interest Rate Risk Management

Market risk arises from changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices. The Company’s market risk exposure is primarily that of interest rate risk, and it has established policies and procedures to monitor and limit earnings and balance sheet exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company does not engage in the trading of financial instruments, nor does the Company have exposure to currency exchange rates.

The principal objective of interest rate risk management (often referred to as “asset/liability management”) is to manage the financial components of the Company in a manner that will optimize the risk/reward equation for earnings and capital in relation to changing interest rates. To identify areas of potential exposure to rate changes, the Company performs an earnings simulation analysis and a market value of portfolio equity calculation on a monthly basis. This identifies more dynamic interest rate risk exposures than those apparent in standard re-pricing gap analyses.

The Company uses Sendero modeling software for asset/liability management in order to simulate the effects of potential interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest margin, and to calculate the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments under different interest rate scenarios. The program imports current balances, interest rates, maturity dates and repricing information for individual financial instruments, and incorporates assumptions on the characteristics of embedded options along with pricing and duration for new volumes to project the effects of a given interest rate change on the Company’s interest income and interest expense. Rate scenarios consisting of key rate and yield curve projections are run against the Company’s investment, loan, deposit and borrowed funds portfolios. These rate projections can be shocked (an immediate and parallel change in all base rates, up or down), ramped (an incremental increase or decrease in rates over a specified time period), economic (based on current trends and econometric models) or stable (unchanged from current actual levels).

 

47


Table of Contents

The Company uses seven standard interest rate scenarios in conducting its simulations, namely “stable”, upward shocks of 100, 200 and 300 basis points, and downward shocks of 100, 200, and 300 basis points. Our policy is to limit the projected change in net interest income relative to the stable rate scenario for the next 12 months to plus or minus 5% based on a 100 basis point (b.p.) shock, plus or minus 10% based on a 200 b.p. shock, and plus or minus 15% based on a 300 b.p. shock in interest rates. While we do not expect current rates to fall significantly, our simulations assume that we would limit movement in the Bank of the Sierra Prime Rate in this scenario, as has been done in the past. As of December 31, 2005, the Company had the following estimated net interest income sensitivity profile:

Immediate Change in Rate

 

     -300 b.p.

    -200 b.p.

    -100 b.p.

    +100 b.p.

    +200 b.p.

    +300 b.p.

 

Change in Net Int. Inc. (in $000’s)

   -$ 5,098     -$ 3,126     -$ 1,105     $ 450     $ 761     $ 1,392  

% Change

     -9.14 %     -5.60 %     -1.98 %     +0.81 %     +1.36 %     +2.50 %

The above profile illustrates that if there were an immediate and sustained downward adjustment of 200 basis points in interest rates, net interest income over the next twelve months would likely be $3.1 million, or 5.6%, lower than net interest income under a stable rate scenario. By the same token, if there were an immediate increase of 200 basis points in interest rates, the Company’s net interest income would likely be $761,000, or 1.4%, higher than net interest income in a flat rate scenario. According to these simulations the Company is asset sensitive over a one year time frame, which is supported by fact the Company has, in the past, seen erosion in its interest margin as rates are declining while benefiting in a rising rate environment.

The changes in net interest income under rising and declining rate scenarios are typically expected to bear more of a linear relationship. The exposure to declining rates is disproportionate in these simulations, however, because some of the Company’s variable deposit rates are currently close to a floor of zero. As rates on interest-bearing liabilities hit this floor the Company’s yields on earning assets continue to fall, creating significant compression in the Company’s net interest margin. This effect is exacerbated by the fact that prepayments on fixed-rate loans tend to increase as rates decline.

The economic (or “fair”) value of financial instruments on the Company’s balance sheet will also vary under the interest rate scenarios previously discussed. Economic values for financial instruments are estimated by discounting projected cash flows (principal and interest) at current replacement rates for each account type, while the fair value of non-financial accounts is assumed to equal book value and does not vary with interest rate fluctuations. An economic value simulation is a static measure for balance sheet accounts at a given point in time, but this measurement can change substantially over time as the characteristics of the Company’s balance sheet evolve and as interest rate and yield curve assumptions are updated.

The amount of change in economic value under different interest rate scenarios is dependent upon the characteristics of each class of financial instrument, including the stated interest rate or spread relative to current market rates or spreads, the likelihood of prepayment, whether the rate is fixed or floating, and the maturity date of the instrument. As a general rule, fixed-rate financial liabilities gain in value as interest rates rise and lose value as interest rates decline, while fixed-rate financial assets become more valuable in declining rate scenarios and less valuable in rising rate scenarios. The longer the maturity of the financial instrument, the greater the impact a given rate change will have on its value. In our economic value simulations, estimated prepayments are factored in for financial instruments with stated maturity dates, and decay rates for non-maturity deposits are also projected based on management’s best estimates. We have found that model results are highly sensitive to changes in the assumed decay rate for non-maturity deposits, in particular.

The economic value of equity (EVE) is calculated by subtracting the estimated fair value of liabilities from the estimated fair value of assets. The table below shows estimated changes in the Company’s EVE under different

 

48


Table of Contents

interest rate scenarios relative to a base case of current interest rates, assuming changes in the Bank of the Sierra prime rate are restricted under declining rate scenarios:

Immediate Change in Rate

 

     -300 b.p.

    -200 b.p.

    -100 b.p.

    +100 b.p.

    +200 b.p.

    +300 b.p.

 

Change in EVE (in $000’s)

   -$20,204     -$11,341     -$2,730     -$2,490     -$7,291     -$11,624  

% Change

   -9.90 %   -5.56 %   -1.34 %   -1.22 %   -3.57 %   -5.70 %

The drop in EVE as rates increase is the reverse of the positive slope apparent in the Company’s net interest income simulations, due primarily to the fact that $530 million in non-maturity deposits are assumed to run off at the rate of 10% per year. Our net interest income simulations are dynamic rather than static, and thus incorporate growth rather than run-off for non-maturity deposits. If a higher deposit decay rate is used for EVE simulations the decline becomes more severe, while the slope conforms more closely to that of our net interest income simulations if non-maturity deposits do not run off. Under declining rates, a floor of zero (or slightly above zero) for the discount rate on variable rate deposits and other liabilities, and increased principal prepayments and calls on investment securities and fixed rate loans, more than offset the increase in the value of fixed-rate loans.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information concerning quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk called for by Item 305 of Regulation S-K is included as part of Item 7 above. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Market Risk Management”.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The following financial statements and independent auditors’ reports listed below are included herein:

 

          Page

I a.    Independent Auditor’s Report from Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP    50
I b.    Independent Auditor’s Report from Perry-Smith LLP    51
II.    Consolidated Balance Sheet – December 31, 2005 and 2004    52
III.    Consolidated Statement of Income – Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003    53
IV.    Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity - Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003    54
V.    Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows – Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003    55
VI.    Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements    57

 

49


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary

Porterville, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations, changes in its stockholders’ equity, and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 13, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP

Rancho Cucamonga, California

March 13, 2006

 

50


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Shareholders and Board of Directors

Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows of Sierra Bancorp and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2003. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provided a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Sierra Bancorp and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Perry-Smith LLP

Sacramento, California

January 23, 2004

 

51


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2005

    2004

ASSETS               

Cash and due from banks

   $ 50,147     $ 36,735

Investment securities available-for-sale

     193,676       198,024

Loans and leases, net of allowance for loan and lease losses of $9,330 in 2005 and $8,842 in 2004

     729,780       686,157

Premises and equipment, net

     18,055       17,731

Operating leases, net

     2,113       2,057

Other real estate

     533       2,524

Goodwill

     5,544       5,544

Other assets

     52,838       48,711
    


 

Total assets

   $ 1,052,686     $ 997,483
    


 

LIABILITIES AND

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

              

Deposits:

              

Non-interest bearing

   $ 282,451     $ 235,732

Interest bearing

     533,220       506,971
    


 

Total deposits

     815,671       742,703

Short-term borrowings

     67,861       67,987

Long-term borrowings

     46,000       75,000

Subordinated debentures

     30,928       30,928

Other liabilities

     13,463       9,730
    


 

Total liabilities

     973,923       926,348
    


 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

              

Shareholders’ equity

              

Common stock, no par value; 24,000,000 shares authorized; 9,723,320 and 9,649,258 shares issued and outstanding in 2005 and 2004, respectively

     12,221       8,829

Retained earnings

     68,382       62,060

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes of $1,287 in 2005 and $(173) in 2004

     (1,840 )     246
    


 

Total shareholders’ equity

     78,763       71,135
    


 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 1,052,686     $ 997,483
    


 

The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

     2005

    2004

   2003

Interest income:

                     

Interest and fees on loans and leases

   $ 55,966     $ 45,600    $ 39,347

Interest on investment securities:

                     

Taxable

     6,526       5,042      1,501

Exempt from federal tax

     1,507       1,312      1,553

Interest on Federal funds sold and interest-bearing

                     

Deposits

     136       54      47

Other

     238       149      159
    


 

  

Total interest income

     64,373       52,157      42,607
    


 

  

Interest expense:

                     

Interest on deposits

     8,684       5,411      5,918

Interest on borrowings

     2,463       1,737      186

Interest on subordinated debentures

     2,185       1,348      770
    


 

  

Total interest expense

     13,332       8,496      6,874
    


 

  

Net interest income

     51,041       43,661      35,733

Provision for loan and lease losses

     3,150       3,473      3,105
    


 

  

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses

     47,891       40,188      32,628
    


 

  

Non-interest revenue:

                     

Service charges on deposit accounts

     5,575       5,900      5,844

Gain on sale of loans

     523       330      267

Credit card fees

     817       704      671

Checkcard fees

     696       534      480

(Loss) Gain on sales and calls of investment securities available-for-sale

     (394 )     19      118

Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance

     792       487      926

Other income

     1,011       1,814      1,556
    


 

  

Total non-interest income

     9,020       9,788      9,862
    


 

  

Other operating expense:

                     

Salaries and employee benefits

     15,648       13,919      13,886

Occupancy and equipment expense

     6,022       6,003      5,214

Other

     10,964       9,534      8,643
    


 

  

Total non-interest expense

     32,634       29,456      27,743
    


 

  

Income before income taxes

     24,277       20,520      14,747

Provision for income taxes

     8,083       7,174      4,383
    


 

  

Net income

   $ 16,194     $ 13,346    $ 10,364
    


 

  

Earnings per share

                     

Basic

   $ 1.66     $ 1.41    $ 1.12
    


 

  

Diluted

   $ 1.56     $ 1.31    $ 1.03
    


 

  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

 

     Common Stock

   

Retained
Earnings


   

Accumulated
Other

Comprehensive
Income


    Shareholders’
Equity


 
     Shares

    Amount

       

Balance, January 1, 2003

   9,251,844     $ 2,815     $ 48,594     $ 1,878     $ 53,287  

Comprehensive income:

                                      

Net income

                   10,364               10,364  

Net change in unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax

                           (539 )     (539 )
                                  


Comprehensive income

                                   9,825  
                                  


Exercise of stock options

   172,858       1,741                       1,741  

Stock repurchase

   (101,200 )     (43 )     (1,488 )             (1,531 )

Cash dividends - $.36 per share

                   (3,346 )             (3,346 )
    

 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2003

   9,323,502       4,513       54,124       1,339       59,976  

Comprehensive income:

                                      

Net income

                   13,346               13,346  

Net change in unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax

                           (1,093 )     (1,093 )
                                  


Comprehensive income

                                   12,253  
                                  


Exercise of stock options and related Tax benefit

   429,156       4,340                       4,340  

Stock repurchase

   (103,400 )     (24 )     (1,904 )             (1,928 )

Cash dividends - $.37 per share

                   (3,506 )             (3,506 )
    

 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2004

   9,649,258       8,829       62,060       246       71,135  

Comprehensive income:

                                      

Net income

                   16,194               16,194  

Net change in unrealized gain on investment securities available-for-sale, net of tax

                           (2,086 )     (2,086 )
                                  


Comprehensive income

                                   14,108  
                                  


Exercise of stock options and related tax benefit

   319,762       3,598                       3,598  

Stock repurchase

   (245,700 )     (206 )     (5,471 )             (5,677 )

Cash dividends - $.45 per share

                   (4,401 )             (4,401 )
    

 


 


 


 


Balance, December 31, 2005

   9,723,320     $ 12,221     $ 68,382     $ (1,840 )   $ 78,763  
    

 


 


 


 


The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 16,194     $ 13,346     $ 10,364  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operations:

                        

Provision for loan and lease losses

     3,150       3,473       3,105  

Amortization of investment security premiums/discounts, net

     1,286       1,337       836  

Net increase (decrease) in deferred loan fees

     973       (439 )     692  

Depreciation and amortization

     3,179       3,016       2,415  

(Gain) Loss on disposal of fixed assets

     (17 )     145       47  

FHLB stock dividend

     (224 )     (137 )     (71 )

Loss (Gain) on sales and calls of investment securities available-for-sale, net

     394       (19 )     (32 )

Loss (Gain) on other investments

     (66 )             (86 )

Gain on sale of other real estate

     (127 )     (110 )     (175 )

Gain on sale of loans

     (523 )     (330 )     (267 )

Write down of other real estate owned

     616       100       550  

Deferred income tax (benefit) credit

     361       587       (1,530 )

Net increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     (792 )     (601 )     (1,068 )

Net decrease in loans held-for-sale

     961       73       140  

Net decrease (increase) in other assets

     (471 )     (9,556 )     135  

Net increase in other liabilities

     3,733       1,474       630  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     28,627       12,359       15,685  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Purchases of investment securities available-for-sale

     (60,210 )     (165,590 )     (44,409 )

Proceeds from sales, calls and maturities of investment securities available-for-sale

     20,964       16,432       18,944  

Proceeds from principal repayments of investment securities available-for-sale

     38,435       32,758       22,858  

Net (increase) decrease in FHLB stock

     1,314       (4,053 )     155  

Loan and lease originations, net

     (48,285 )     (85,768 )     (103,144 )

Purchases of premises and equipment, net

     (3,542 )     (4,658 )     (3,175 )

Proceeds from sale of other real estate

     1,586       1,012       1,192  

Purchase of cash surrender value of life insurance

     (1,911 )                
    


 


 


Net cash used in investing activities

     (51,649 )     (209,867 )     (107,579 )
    


 


 


(Continued)

 

55


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Continued)

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Net increase in demand, interest-bearing and savings deposits

   $ 26,128     $ 71,472     $ 56,789  

Net increase (decrease) in time deposits

     46,840       (13,246 )     21,983  

Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings

     (126 )     34,724       13,939  

Net (decrease) increase in long-term borrowings

     (29,000 )     75,000          

Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debentures

             15,464          

Dividends paid

     (4,401 )     (3,506 )     (3,346 )

Stock repurchased

     (5,677 )     (1,928 )     (1,531 )

Stock options exercised

     2,670       3,221       1,283  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by financing activities

     36,434       181,201       89,117  
    


 


 


Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     13,412       (16,307 )     (2,777 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     36,735       53,042       55,819  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 50,147     $ 36,735     $ 53,042  
    


 


 


Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                        

Cash paid during the year for:

                        

Interest

   $ 12,926     $ 7,932     $ 6,876  

Income taxes

   $ 4,565     $ 10,965     $ 4,526  

Non-cash investing activities:

                        

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

   $ 101     $ 744     $ 2,302  

Net change in unrealized gains on investment securities available-for-sale

   $ (2,708 )   $ (1,856 )   $ (916 )

Non-cash financing activities:

                        

Tax benefit from stock options exercised

   $ 928     $ 1,119     $ 458  

The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. THE BUSINESS OF SIERRA BANCORP

Sierra Bancorp (the “Company”) is a California corporation registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is headquartered in Porterville, California. The Company was incorporated in November 2000 and acquired all of the outstanding shares of Bank of the Sierra (the “Bank”) in August 2001. The Company’s principal subsidiary is the Bank, and the Company exists primarily for the purpose of holding the stock of the Bank and of such other subsidiaries it may acquire or establish. The Company’s only other direct subsidiaries are Sierra Capital Trust I, which was formed in November 2001 solely to facilitate the issuance of capital trust pass-through securities, and Sierra Statutory Trust II, formed in March 2004 also for the purpose of issuing capital trust pass-through securities. Pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , Sierra Capital Trust I and Sierra Statutory Trust II are not reflected on a consolidated basis in the financial statements of the Company.

The Bank operates nineteen full service branch offices and two credit centers. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to applicable legal limits. The Bank maintains a diversified loan portfolio comprised of agricultural, commercial, consumer, real estate construction and mortgage loans. Loans are made primarily within the market area of the South Central San Joaquin Valley of California, specifically, Tulare, Fresno, Kern, Kings, and Madera counties. These areas have diverse economies with principal industries being agriculture, real estate and light manufacturing.

Sierra Real Estate Investment Trust, a Maryland real estate investment trust (“REIT”) was a consolidated subsidiary of the Bank until its dissolution in the fourth quarter of 2005. The REIT was formed in June 2002, with the primary business purpose of investing in the Bank’s real-estate related assets. The trust was capitalized in August 2002, whereby the Bank exchanged real-estate related assets for 100% of the common stock of the REIT. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Bank came to the conclusion that the REIT was not fulfilling the purpose intended nor did it appear likely that it ever would. In November 2005, upon approval of the Bank’s board of directors and the REIT’s board of trustees, the REIT was dissolved. This dissolution did not have a material impact on the Financial Operations of the Company, nor is it expected to have any impact going forward.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the consolidated accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of the Sierra. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years’ balances to conform to classifications used in 2005. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and prevailing practices within the banking industry.

In accordance with provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , the Company’s investments in Sierra Capital Trust I and Sierra Statutory Trust II are not consolidated and are accounted for under the equity method and included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. The subordinated debentures issued and guaranteed by the Company and held by the trusts are reflected on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

 

57


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant changes in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the valuation of real estate acquired in connection with foreclosures or in satisfaction of loans. In connection with the determination of the allowances for loan and lease losses and other real estate, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties, evaluates the overall loan portfolio characteristics and delinquencies and monitors economic conditions.

Cash Equivalents

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks.

Investment Securities

Investments are classified into the following categories:

 

    Securities available-for-sale, reported at market value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reflected, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

    Securities held-to-maturity, which management has the intent and the Company has the ability to hold to maturity, are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts.

Management determines the appropriate classification of its investments at the time of purchase and may only change the classification in certain limited circumstances. All transfers between categories are accounted for at fair value.

Net gains or losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded on the trade date, computed on the specific identification method and shown separately in non-interest income in the consolidated statement of income. Interest earned on investment securities is included in interest income, net of applicable adjustments for accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums. Declines in the fair value of available-for-sale investment securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers independent price quotations, projected target prices of investment analysts within the short term and the financial condition of the issuer.

 

58


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loans and Leases

Loans and leases are reported at the principal amounts outstanding, adjusted for unearned income, deferred loan origination fees and costs, purchase premiums and discounts, write-downs, and the allowance for loan and lease losses. Loan and lease origination fees, net of certain deferred origination costs, and purchase premiums and discounts are recognized as an adjustment to yield of the related loans and leases over the contractual life of the loan using both the effective interest and straight line method.

The accrual of interest on loans and leases is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, there is an indication that the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due. Upon such discontinuance, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed against current income unless the loan or lease is in the process of collection. Interest received on nonaccrual loans and leases generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal. Generally, loans and leases are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current and has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Direct financing leases are carried net of unearned income. Income from leases is recognized by a method that approximates a level yield on the outstanding net investment in the lease.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

The allowance for loan and lease losses is maintained at a level which, in management’s judgment, is adequate to absorb loan and lease losses inherent in the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased by a provision for loan and lease losses, which is charged to expense, and reduced by charge-offs, net of recoveries. The amount of the allowance is based on management’s evaluation of the collectibility of the loan and lease portfolio, changes in its risk profile, credit concentrations, historical trends, and economic conditions. This evaluation also considers the balance of impaired loans and leases. A loan or lease is impaired when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with terms of the loan or lease agreement. Losses on individually identified impaired loans or leases are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at each loan or lease’s original effective interest rate. As a practical expedient, impairment may be measured based on the loan’s or lease’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan or lease is collateral dependent. The amount of impairment, if any, is recorded through the provision for loan and lease losses and is added to the allowance for loan and lease losses. One-to-four family residential mortgages and consumer installment loans are subjected to a collective evaluation for impairment, considering delinquency and repossession statistics, historical loss experience, and other factors.

Though management believes the allowance for loan and lease losses to be adequate, ultimate losses may vary from their estimates. However, estimates are reviewed periodically, and as adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings during periods they become known. In addition, the FDIC and the California Department of Financial Institutions, as an integral part of their examination process, review the allowance for loan and lease losses. These agencies may require additions to the allowance for loan and lease losses based on their judgment about information available at the time of their examinations.

 

59


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Sale and Servicing of Loans

Gains and losses on sales of loans are recognized at the time of sale and are calculated based on the difference between the selling price and the allocated book value of loans sold. Book value allocations are determined in accordance with FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities . Any inherent risk of loss on loans sold is transferred to the buyer at the date of sale.

The Company has issued various representations and warranties associated with the sale of loans. These representations and warranties may require the Company to repurchase loans with underwriting deficiencies as defined per the applicable sales agreements and certain past due loans within 90 days of the sale. The Company did not experience losses during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 regarding these representations and warranties.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The useful lives of premises are estimated to be thirty years. The useful lives of furniture, fixtures and equipment are estimated to be three to twenty years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the asset or the term of the related lease, whichever is shorter. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

Impairment of long-lived assets is evaluated by management based upon an event or changes in circumstances surrounding the underlying assets which indicate long-lived assets may be impaired.

Other Real Estate

Other real estate includes real estate acquired in full or partial settlement of loan obligations. When property is acquired, any excess of the recorded investment in the loan balance and accrued interest income over the appraised fair market value of the property, net of estimated selling costs, is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. A valuation allowance for losses on other real estate is maintained to provide for temporary declines in value. The allowance is established through a provision for losses on other real estate which is included in other non-interest expense. Subsequent gains or losses on sales or writedowns resulting from permanent impairments are recorded in other income or expense as incurred.

Goodwill

The Company acquired Sierra National Bank in 2000, and the acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. The goodwill resulting from this transaction represents the amount by which the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired and totaled $6,032,000. Prior to January 1, 2002, goodwill was amortized using the straight-line method over the expected periods to be benefited, not to exceed 25 years.

On January 1, 2002, the Company adopted FASB Statement No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . Under this Statement, goodwill is evaluated periodically for impairment rather than amortized. The adoption of this pronouncement replaced the amortization of goodwill with an annual impairment test. There was no impairment recognized for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003.

 

60


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Income Taxes

The Company files its income taxes on a consolidated basis with its subsidiary. The allocation of income tax expense represents each entity’s proportionate share of the consolidated provision for income taxes.

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the bases of existing assets and liabilities. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates would be recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

Salary Continuation Agreements and Directors’ Retirement Plan

The Company has entered into agreements to provide members of the Board of Directors and certain key executives, or their designated beneficiaries, with annual benefits for up to fifteen years after retirement or death. The Company accrues for these future benefits from the effective date of the plan until the director’s or executive’s expected retirement date in a systematic and rational manner. At the consolidated balance sheet date, the amount of accrued benefits equals the then present value of the benefits expected to be provided to the director or employee, any beneficiaries, and covered dependents in exchange for the director’s or employee’s services to that date.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income and the net change in unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of other comprehensive income that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income. Unrealized gains and losses on the Company’s available-for-sale investment securities are included in other comprehensive income after the adjustment for the effects of realized gains and losses. Total comprehensive income and the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are presented in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.

Stock-Based Compensation

At December 31, 2005, the Company has one stock-based compensation plan, the Bank of the Sierra 1998 Stock Option Plan, which was assumed by the Company in 2001 and is described more fully in Note 12. The Company accounts for this plan under the recognition measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related Interpretations. No stock-based compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under this plan had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

 

61


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

Pro forma adjustments to the Company’s consolidated net earnings and earnings per share are disclosed during the years in which the options become vested. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , to stock-based compensation.

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

Net income, as reported

   $ 16,194    $ 13,346    $ 10,364

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

     209      191      298
    

  

  

Pro forma net income

   $ 15,985    $ 13,155    $ 10,066
    

  

  

Basic earnings per share - as reported

   $ 1.66    $ 1.41    $ 1.12

Basic earnings per share - pro forma

   $ 1.64    $ 1.39    $ 1.08

Diluted earnings per share - as reported

   $ 1.56    $ 1.31    $ 1.03

Diluted earnings per share - pro forma

   $ 1.54    $ 1.29    $ 1.00

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 6.32    $ 4.56    $ 3.64

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using an option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Dividend yield

   2.01 %   2.18 %   2.30 %

Expected volatility

   29.85 %   30.44 %   29.64 %

Risk-free interest rate

   4.06 %   3.70 %   3.00 %

Expected option life

   6 years     6 years     6 years  

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share (EPS), which excludes dilution, is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock, such as stock options, result in the issuance of common stock which shares in the earnings of the Company. The treasury stock method has been applied to determine the dilutive effect of stock options in computing diluted EPS.

 

62


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer (SOP 03-3). This SOP addresses accounting for differences between contractual cash flows and cash flows expected to be collected from an investor’s initial investment in loans or debt securities (loans) acquired in a transfer if those differences are attributable, at least in part, to credit quality. It includes such loans acquired in purchase business combinations and applies to all nongovernmental entities, including not-for-profit organizations. This SOP does not apply to loans originated by the entity. This SOP limits the yield that may be accreted (accretable yield) to the excess of the investor’s estimate of undiscounted expected principal, interest, and other cash flows (cash flows expected at acquisition to be collected) over the investor’s initial investment in the loan. This SOP requires that the excess of contractual cash flows over cash flows expected to be collected (nonaccretable difference) not be recognized as an adjustment of yield, loss accrual, or valuation allowance. This SOP prohibits investors from displaying accretable yield and nonaccretable difference in the balance sheet. Subsequent increases in cash flows expected to be collected generally should be recognized prospectively through adjustment of the loan’s yield over its remaining life. Decreases in cash flows expected to be collected should be recognized as impairment, thereby retaining the accretable yield on the loan as adjusted. This SOP also prohibits “carrying over” or creation of valuation allowances in the initial accounting of all loans acquired in a transfer that are within the scope of this SOP. The prohibition of the valuation allowance carryover applies to the purchase of an individual loan, a pool of loans, a group of loans, and loans acquired in a purchase business combination. This SOP is effective for loans acquired in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2004. The adoption of this new standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

On December 16, 2004, the FASB published Statement No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment . Statement 123(R) covers a wide range of share-based compensation arrangements including share options, restricted share plans, performance-based awards, share appreciation rights, and employee share purchase plans. It replaces FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees . This statement requires that stock-based compensation transactions be recognized as compensation expense in the income statement based on their fair values at the date of grant. Companies transitioning to fair value based accounting for stock-based compensation will be required to use the “modified prospective” method, whereby they must recognize equity compensation cost from the beginning of the period in which the recognition provisions are first applied as if the fair value method had been previously used to account for all equity compensation awards granted, modified, or settled in fiscal years beginning after December 31, 1994. For public companies, the effective date of this statement is for interim and annual periods beginning after June 15, 2005. However, SEC release No. 33-8568 allows registrants to delay implementation until the beginning of their first fiscal year after June 15, 2005, meaning January 1, 2006 for the Company. The Company has been disclosing the impact of this accounting methodology pursuant to previously accepted accounting principles, and expects that the impact upon implementation in 2006 will continue to be a similar level of reduction in net income.

In March 2005, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (“SAB No. 107”) to provide guidance on SFAS No. 123R. SAB No. 107 provides the SEC staff’s view regarding the valuation of share-based payment arrangements for public companies. In particular, SAB No. 107 provides guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, the transition from non public to public entity status, valuation methods (including assumptions such as expected volatility and expected term), the accounting for certain redeemable financial instruments issued under share-based payment arrangements, the classification of compensation expense, non-GAAP financial measures, first time adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the modification of employee share options prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R and disclosure in Management’s Discussion and Analysis subsequent to adoption of SFAS No. 123R. The guidance of SAB No. 107 will not have a material impact on the financial condition or operating results of the Company.

 

63


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

At the June 29, 2005 FASB Board meeting, the Board agreed to issue FSP FAS 115-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments which will replace the guidance previously set forth in EITF 03-1, The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments. This FSP effectively eliminates the accounting guidance provided in EITF 03-1 in favor of existing impairment recognition guidance under SFAS No. 115, SAB No. 59, APB No. 18, and EITF Topic D-44. The FSP is for periods beginning after September 15, 2005, but its adoption is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Accounting Standards No. 154 (“SFAS 154”) Accounting Changes and Error Corrections. This statement provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this accounting standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities available-for-sale are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2005

     Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gains


   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


    Estimated
Market
Value


U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 504    $      $ (9 )   $ 495

U.S. Government agencies

     17,360             (217 )     17,143

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     44,477      586      (86 )     44,977

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

     134,455      59      (3,464 )     131,050

Other securities

     6      5              11
    

  

  


 

     $ 196,802    $ 650    $ (3,776 )   $ 193,676
    

  

  


 

     December 31, 2004

     Amortized
Cost


   Gross
Unrealized
Gains


   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


    Estimated
Market
Value


U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 506    $ 2    $ (2 )   $ 506

U.S. Government agencies

     6,013      3      (12 )     6,004

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     31,504      1,316      (37 )     32,783

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

     159,576      292      (1,146 )     158,722

Other securities

     6      3              9
    

  

  


 

     $ 197,605    $ 1,616    $ (1,197 )   $ 198,024
    

  

  


 

 

64


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE (Continued)

Net unrealized (losses) and gains on investment securities available-for-sale totaling $(3,126,000) and $419,000 are recorded, net of $1,287,000 and $173,000 in tax assets and liabilities, as accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003, proceeds from sales of securities available for sale amounted to $15,026,000, $5,903,000, and $5,495,000, respectively. Gross realized gains amounted to $13,000, $23,000, and $158,000, respectively. Gross realized losses amounted to $407,000, $4,000, and $40,000, respectively. The tax benefit (provision) applicable to these net realized gains and losses amounted to $166,000, $(8,000), and $(49,000), respectively. Gains and losses on the sale of investment securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had 146 and 83 securities with unrealized gross losses, respectively. Information pertaining to these securities aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position, follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2005

     Less Than Twelve
Months


   Over Twelve Months

     Gross
Unrealized
Losses


   Fair Value

   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


   Fair
Value


U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 2    $ 200    $ 7    $ 295

U.S. Government agencies

     177      15,188      40      1,955

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     50      5,924      36      1,653

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

     564      30,835      2,900      89,204
    

  

  

  

     $ 793    $ 52,147    $ 2,983    $ 93,107
    

  

  

  

     December 31, 2004

     Less Than Twelve
Months


   Over Twelve Months

     Gross
Unrealized
Losses


   Fair Value

   Gross
Unrealized
Losses


   Fair
Value


U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 2    $ 301    $      $  

U.S. Government agencies

     12      3,996              

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

     27      2,320      10      426

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

     1,096      129,749      50      3,323
    

  

  

  

     $ 1,137    $ 136,366    $ 60    $ 3,749
    

  

  

  

 

65


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

3. INVESTMENT SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE (Continued)

Interest rates tend to fluctuate in cycles, where periods of low rates are followed by periods of rising rates. Although still relatively low, interest rates have been rising since the middle of 2004. As interest rates on securities of comparable remaining maturities rise, the market values of fixed-rate instruments decline, resulting in unrealized losses. Although every possible measure is taken to reduce the amount of unrealized loss relative to the advantages of additional yield achieved on an investment, these reductions in market value are inevitable. Given that rates have been historically low for the past few years, investments made within this low rate environment are likely to experience extended periods of unrealized losses as interest rates increase.

Despite the unrealized loss position of these securities, the Company has concluded, as of December 31, 2005, that these investments are not other-than-temporarily impaired. This assessment was based on the following factors: 1) whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, 2) whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, 3) industry analyst reports, and 4) the intent and ability of the Company to hold the securities to maturity.

The amortized cost and estimated market value of investment securities available-for-sale at December 31, 2005 by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because the issuers of the securities may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Estimated
Amortized
Cost


   Market
Value


     (Dollars in thousands)

Maturing within one year

   $ 9,274    $ 9,238

Maturing after one year through five years

     25,383      25,426

Maturing after five years through ten years

     23,557      23,781

Maturing after ten years

     4,127      4,170
    

  

       62,341      62,615

Investment securities not due at a single maturity date:

             

U.S. Government agencies collateralized by mortgage obligations

     134,455      131,050

Other securities

     6      11
    

  

     $ 196,802    $ 193,676
    

  

Investment securities available-for-sale with amortized costs totaling $166,938,000 and $177,680,000 and estimated market values totaling $163,504,000 and $177,217,000 were pledged to secure public deposits, other contractual obligations and short-term borrowing arrangements at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively (see Note 8).

 

66


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

4. LOANS AND LEASES

The composition of the loan and lease portfolio is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

 

Real estate:

                

Secured by residential, commercial and professional office properties, including construction and development

   $ 363,094     $ 336,065  

Secured by residential properties

     128,735       126,241  

Secured by farm land

     45,353       37,648  

Held for sale

     0       440  
    


 


Total real estate

     537,182       500,394  

Commercial and industrial

     98,077       97,810  

Agricultural

     9,898       13,146  

Small Business Administration loans

     24,190       21,547  

Consumer

     51,006       48,992  

Credit card

     10,869       10,897  

Direct financing leases

     10,138       3,490  
    


 


       741,360       696,276  

Deferred loan and lease origination fees, net

     (2,250 )     (1,277 )

Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (9,330 )     (8,842 )
    


 


     $ 729,780     $ 686,157  
    


 


A summary of the transactions in the allowance for loan and lease losses follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 8,842     $ 6,701     $ 5,939  

Provision for loan and lease losses

     3,150       3,473       3,105  

Losses charged to allowance

     (3,974 )     (1,771 )     (2,594 )

Recoveries

     1,312       439       251  
    


 


 


Balance, end of year

   $ 9,330     $ 8,842     $ 6,701  
    


 


 


Non-performing assets are comprised of the following: Loans and leases for which the Company is no longer accruing interest; loans and leases 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest (although they are generally placed on non-accrual when they become 90 days past due); loans and leases restructured where the terms of repayment have been renegotiated, resulting in a deferral of interest or principal; and other real estate owned (“OREO”). Management’s classification of a loan or lease as “non-accrual” is an indication that there is reasonable doubt as to the full recovery of principal or interest on the loan and lease. At that point, the Company stops accruing income from the interest, reverses any uncollected interest that had been accrued but unpaid, and recognizes interest income only as cash interest payments are received and as long as the collection of all outstanding principal is not in doubt. The loans may or may not be collateralized, and collection efforts are continuously pursued. Loans or leases may be restructured by management when a borrower has experienced some change in financial status causing an inability to meet the original repayment terms and where

 

67


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

4. LOANS AND LEASES (Continued)

the Company believes the borrower will eventually overcome those circumstances and make full restitution. Loans and leases are charged off when they are deemed to be uncollectible, while recoveries are generally recorded only when cash payments are received subsequent to the charge-off. OREO consists of properties acquired by foreclosure or similar means that management intends to offer for sale.

The recorded investment in loans and leases that were considered to be impaired (nonaccrual loans and leases) totaled $309,000 and $2,148,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The related allowance for loan and lease losses on these impaired loans and leases at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $21,000 and $358,000, respectively.

The average recorded investment in impaired loans and leases during 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $2,456,000, $3,783,000 and $5,584,000, respectively. Interest income on impaired loans and leases is recognized on a cash basis and was not significant for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest foregone on these nonaccrual loans and leases since being placed on nonaccrual status totaled $327,000, $994,000 and $1,214,000 at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Certain loans have been pledged to secure short-term borrowing arrangements (see Note 8).

Salaries and employee benefits totaling $3,443,000, $3,528,000 and $2,372,000 have been deferred as loan and lease origination costs to be amortized over the estimated lives of the related loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Loan Servicing

The Bank originates mortgage loans for sale to investors. During the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, mortgage loans were sold without retention of related servicing.

The Bank’s servicing portfolio at December 31, 2005 and 2004 totaled $17,379,000 and $23,544,000, respectively. At December 31, 2005, loans were principally serviced for one investor.

 

5. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at cost, consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

Land

   $ 2,054    $ 2,045

Buildings and improvements

     10,287      9,875

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     18,949      17,881

Leasehold improvements

     4,847      3,675
    

  

       36,137      33,476

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     18,498      15,756

Construction in progess

     416      11
    

  

     $ 18,055    $ 17,731
    

  

Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy and equipment expense totaled $2,974,000, $2,858,000 and $2,391,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

68


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

6. OTHER ASSETS

Other assets consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

Accrued interest receivable

   $ 5,100    $ 4,218

Deferred tax assets

     5,292      3,644

Prepaid taxes

     1,616      4,482

Investment in limited partnerships

     11,710      9,818

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost

     4,493      5,584

Cash surrender value of officer life insurance policies

     19,684      16,841

Other

     4,943      4,124
    

  

     $ 52,838    $ 48,711
    

  

The Company has invested in limited partnerships that operate qualified affordable housing projects to receive tax benefits in the form of tax deductions from operating losses and tax credits. The Company accounts for these investments under the cost method and management analyzes these investments annually for potential impairment. The Company has remaining capital commitments to these partnerships at December 31, 2005 in the amount of approximately $4,215,000. Such amounts are included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company holds certain equity investments that are not readily marketable securities and thus are classified as “other assets” on the Company’s balance sheet. These include investments in Pacific Coast Bankers Bancshares, Diversified Holding Corporation (“DHC”), California Economic Development Lending Initiative, and the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”). The largest of these is the Company’s $4.5 million dividend-yielding investment in FHLB stock. The FHLB requires an equity investment in an amount that is based on a percentage of the Company’s borrowing activity at the FHLB.

 

7. DEPOSITS

Interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

Savings

   $ 71,901    $ 68,192

Money market

     107,045      137,545

NOW accounts

     69,088      62,887

Time, $100,000 or more

     176,259      134,722

Time, under $100,000

     108,927      103,625
    

  

     $ 533,220    $ 506,971
    

  

 

69


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

7. DEPOSITS (Continued)

Aggregate annual maturities of time deposits are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Year Ending

December 31,


2006

   $ 271,810

2007

     7,759

2008

     3,456

2009

     1,415

2010

     461

      Thereafter

     285
    

     $ 285,186
    

Interest expense recognized on interest-bearing deposits consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Savings

   $ 383    $ 320    $ 227

Money market

     821      894      1,377

NOW accounts

     63      55      53

Time, $100,000 or more

     4,861      2,354      2,293

Time, under $100,000

     2,556      1,788      1,968
    

  

  

     $ 8,684    $ 5,411    $ 5,918
    

  

  

 

8. OTHER BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following (dollars in thousands).

 

     2005

    2004

 
     Amount

   Rate

    Amount

   Rate

 

As of December 31:

                          

Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements

   $ 26,791    .54 %   $ 24,187    .35 %

Overnight Federal Home Loan

                          

Bank advances

     22,070    4.05 %     18,800    2.04 %

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

     19,000    2.09 %     25,000    2.35 %
    

        

      
     $ 67,861          $ 67,987       
    

        

      

 

70


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

8. OTHER BORROWING ARRANGEMENTS (Continued)

The Company had fixed-rate, long-term debt of $46,000,000 with the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2005 which matures through 2009. The contractual maturities of long-term debt are as follows (dollars in thousands).

 

Year Ending

December 31,


   Amount

   Weighted
Average Rate


 

2007

   $ 19,000    2.59 %

2008

     22,000    3.01 %

2009

     5,000    3.32 %
    

      
     $ 46,000       
    

      

The Company had unsecured lines of credit with its correspondent banks which, in the aggregate, amounted to $68,000,000 and $39,000,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, at interest rates which vary with market conditions. There were no borrowings outstanding under these lines of credit at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company had overnight borrowings of $22,070,000 and $18,800,000 outstanding from the Federal Home Loan Bank at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

At December 31, 2005, the Company had remaining borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of $104,041,000 secured by qualifying first mortgage loans and $6,866,000 secured by government agencies.

The Company enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase which generally mature within one day. Repurchase agreements totaled $26,791,000 and $24,187,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The dollar amount of GNMA Mortgage-Backed securities underlying the agreements are carried as investment securities available-for-sale. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, these securities had market values of $37,313,000 and $31,686,000 and amortized costs of $38,118,000 and $31,714,000, respectively.

 

9. INCOME TAXES

The provision for income taxes follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Federal:

                        

Current

   $ 5,198     $ 3,967     $ 4,548  

Deferred

     702       812       (1,215 )
    


 


 


       5,900       4,779       3,333  
    


 


 


State:

                        

Current

     2,518       2,620       1,365  

Deferred

     (335 )     (225 )     (315 )
    


 


 


       2,183       2,395       1,050  
    


 


 


     $ 8,083     $ 7,174     $ 4,383  
    


 


 


 

71


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

9. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

 

Deferred tax assets:

                

Allowance for loan losses

   $ 3,923     $ 3,965  

Deferred compensation

     1,957       1,623  

Accrued reserves

     486       158  

Other real estate

     445       165  

Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale

     1,287       0  

Other

     696       579  
    


 


Total deferred tax assets

     8,794       6,490  
    


 


Deferred tax liabilities:

                

Premises and equipment

     (1,538 )     (1,535 )

Deferred Loan Costs

     (1,727 )     (1,159 )

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale

     0       (172 )

Other

     (237 )     (152 )
    


 


Total deferred tax liabilities

     (3,502 )     (3,018 )
    


 


Net deferred tax assets

   $ 5,292     $ 3,472  
    


 


The expense for income taxes differs from amounts computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rates to income before income taxes. The significant items comprising these differences consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Income tax expense at Federal statutory rate

   $ 8,497     $ 7,182     $ 5,161  

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

                        

State franchise tax expense, net of Federal tax effect

     1,656       1,167       960  

Tax exempt income

     (498 )     (607 )     (844 )

Affordable housing tax credits

     (1,339 )     (1,082 )     (587 )

Other

     (233 )     514       (307 )
    


 


 


     $ 8,083     $ 7,174     $ 4,383  
    


 


 


Effective tax rate

     33.3 %     35.0 %     29.7 %
    


 


 


 

72


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

9. INCOME TAXES (Continued)

On December 31, 2003, the Chief Counsel of the California Franchise Tax Board declared its position with respect to certain REIT transactions. Based on this announcement, the Company revised downward its estimate of the realization of tax benefits associated with its investment in Sierra Real Estate Investment Trust. This had the effect of eliminating all such benefits in 2003, thus increasing the Company’s effective tax rate in 2003. Tax benefits originally reflected on the Company’s 2002 income tax returns have also been eliminated with a subsequent filing of amended 2002 returns during 2004. The Company is evaluating its options with respect to this issue and has retained its rights to appeal and claim a refund of payments made if the matter is favorably resolved in the future.

 

10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

Sierra Capital Trust I (“Trust”) and Sierra Statutory Trust II, (“Trust II”), (collectively, the “Trusts”) were formed by the Company for the sole purpose of issuing trust preferred securities fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. For financial reporting purposes, the Trusts are not consolidated and the Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures (the “Subordinated Debentures”) held by the Trusts and issued and guaranteed by the Company are reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet in accordance with provisions of FIN 46. Under applicable regulatory guidance, the amount of trust preferred securities that is eligible as Tier 1 capital is limited to twenty-five percent of the company’s Tier 1 capital on a pro forma basis. At December 31, 2005, $26,868,000 of trust preferred securities qualified as Tier 1 capital, with another $3,132,000 qualifying as Tier 2 capital.

During the fourth quarter of 2001, Sierra Capital Trust I issued 15,000 Floating Rate Capital Trust Pass-Through Securities (TRUPS), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per security, for gross proceeds of $15,000,000. The entire proceeds of the issuance were invested by the Trust in $15,464,000 of Subordinated Debentures issued by the Company, with identical maturity, repricing and payment terms as the TRUPS. These Subordinated Debentures represent the sole assets of the Trust. The Subordinated Debentures issued by Sierra Capital Trust I mature on December 8, 2031, bear a current interest rate of 8.42% (based on 6-month LIBOR plus 3.75%), with repricing and payments due semi-annually. These Subordinated Debentures are redeemable by the Company, subject to receipt by the Company of prior approval from the Federal Reserve Bank, on any June 8th or December 8th on or after December 8, 2006. The redemption price is par plus accrued and unpaid interest, except in the case of redemption under a special event which is defined in the debenture. The TRUPS are subject to mandatory redemption to the extent of any early redemption of the related Subordinated Debentures and upon maturity of those Subordinated Debentures on December 8, 2031.

Holders of the TRUPS are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security at an interest rate at December 31, 2005 of 8.42%. For each successive 6-month period beginning on June 8 of each year, the rate will be adjusted to equal the 6-month LIBOR plus 3.75%; provided, however, that prior to December 8, 2006, such annual rate does not exceed 11.00%. The Trust has the option to defer payment of the distributions for a period of up to five years, as long as the Company is not in default on the payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures. The TRUPS issued in the offering were sold in private transactions pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the TRUPS.

During the first quarter of 2004, Sierra Statutory Trust II issued 15,000 Floating Rate Capital Trust Pass-Through Securities (TRUPS II), with a liquidation value of $1,000 per security, for gross proceeds of $15,000,000. The entire proceeds of the issuance were invested by Trust II in $15,464,000 of Subordinated Debentures issued by the Company, with identical maturity, repricing and payment terms as the TRUPS II. The Subordinated Debentures, purchased by Trust II, represent the sole assets of the Trust II. Those Subordinated Debentures mature on March 17, 2034, bear a current interest rate of 7.25% (based on 3-month LIBOR plus 2.75%), with repricing and payments due quarterly.

 

73


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

10. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (Continued)

Those Subordinated Debentures are redeemable by the Company, subject to receipt by the Company of prior approval from the Federal Reserve Bank, on any March 17 th , June 17 th , September 17 th , and December 17 th on or after March 17, 2009. The redemption price is par plus accrued and unpaid interest, except in the case of redemption under a special event which is defined in the debenture. The TRUPS II are subject to mandatory redemption to the extent of any early redemption of the related Subordinated Debentures and upon maturity of the Subordinated Debentures on March 17, 2034.

Holders of TRUPS II are entitled to a cumulative cash distribution on the liquidation amount of $1,000 per security at an interest rate at December 31, 2005 of 7.25%. For each successive period beginning on March 17 of each year, the rate will be adjusted to equal the 3-month LIBOR plus 2.75%; provided, however, that prior to March 17, 2009, such annual rate does not exceed 11.00%. The Trust II has the option to defer payment of the distributions for a period of up to five years, as long as the Company is not in default on the payment of interest on the Subordinated Debentures. The TRUPS II issued in the offering were sold in private transactions pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company has guaranteed, on a subordinated basis, distributions and other payments due on the TRUPS II.

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Leases

The Company leases certain of its branch facilities and administrative offices under noncancelable operating leases. Rental expense included in occupancy and equipment and other expense totaled $744,000, $658,000 and $583,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments on noncancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

Year Ending December 31,


2006

   $ 812,000

2007

     884,000

2008

     821,000

2009

     741,000

2010

     741,000

      Thereafter

     2,688,000
    

     $ 6,687,000
    

The Company has options to renew its branch facilities and administrative office after the initial leases expire. The renewal options range from one to ten years and are not included in the payments reflected above.

Federal Reserve Requirements

Banks are required to maintain reserves with the Federal Reserve Bank equal to a specified percentage of their reservable deposits less vault cash. The reserve balances maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $8,231,000 and $5,364,000, respectively.

 

74


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business. These financial instruments consist of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and letters of credit as it does for loans included on the balance sheet.

The following financial instruments represent off-balance-sheet credit risk (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31,

     2005

   2004

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 270,608    $ 215,566

Standby letters of credit

   $ 16,630    $ 19,842

Credit card commitments

   $ 45,906    $ 41,880

Commitments to extend credit consist primarily of unfunded single-family residential and commercial real estate construction loans and commercial revolving lines of credit. Construction loans are established under standard underwriting guidelines and policies and are secured by deeds of trust, with disbursements made over the course of construction. Commercial revolving lines of credit have a high degree of industry diversification. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Commitments to extend credit are made at both fixed and variable rates of interest. At December 31, 2005, the bank had $8,200,000 in fixed rate commitments and $262,408,000 in variable rate commitments. Standby letters of credit are issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party and are made at variable rates of interest. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. Credit card commitments represent available balances on credit cards which are unsecured and made at fixed rates of interest.

Concentration in Real Estate Lending

At December 31, 2005, in management’s judgment, a concentration of loans existed in real estate related loans. At that date, approximately 72% of the Company’s loans were real estate related. Although management believes the loans within these concentrations have no more than the normal risk of collectibility, a substantial decline in the performance of the economy in general or a decline in real estate values in the Company’s primary market areas, in particular, could have an adverse impact on collectibility.

Concentration by Geographic Location

The Bank grants commercial, real estate mortgage, real estate construction and consumer loans to customers primarily in the South Central San Joaquin Valley of California, specifically Tulare, Fresno, Kern, Kings and Madera counties. The ability of a substantial portion of the Bank’s customers to honor their contracts is dependent on the economy in these areas. Although the Bank’s loan portfolio is diversified, there is a relationship in this region between the local agricultural economy and the economic performance of loans made to non-agricultural customers.

 

75


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

Contingencies

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims which arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the amount of ultimate liability with respect to such actions will not materially affect the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 

12. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Share Repurchase Plan

During 2005 and 2004, the Company had in effect a stock repurchase plan authorizing the purchase of up to 250,000 shares of its common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company repurchased 245,700 and 103,400 shares at a total cost of $5,676,000 and $1,929,000, respectively. Repurchases are generally made in the open market at market prices.

Earnings Per Share

A reconciliation of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     For the Year Ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Basic Earnings Per Share

                    

Net income

   $ 16,194    $ 13,346    $ 10,364
    

  

  

Weighted average shares outstanding

     9,763,896      9,482,201      9,288,908
    

  

  

Basic earnings per share

   $ 1.66    $ 1.41    $ 1.12
    

  

  

Diluted Earnings Per Share

                    

Net income

   $ 16,194    $ 13,346    $ 10,364
    

  

  

Weighted average shares outstanding

     9,763,896      9,482,201      9,288,908

Effect of dilutive stock options

     593,899      684,101      729,188
    

  

  

Weighted average diluted shares outstanding

     10,357,795      10,166,302      10,018,096
    

  

  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ 1.56    $ 1.31    $ 1.03
    

  

  

 

76


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

12. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)

Stock Options

In June 1998, Bank of the Sierra adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) for which shares are reserved for issuance to employees and directors under incentive and nonstatutory agreements. The Plan was assumed by the Company effective August 10, 2001. The Plan covers a total of 2,763,684 shares of the Company’s authorized and unissued common stock, of which two-thirds are reserved for the grant of options to full-time salaried officers and employees of the Company. The remaining one-third of the shares available for grant may be granted to anyone eligible to participate in the Plan, including directors, officers and employees. The Plan requires that the option price may not be less than the fair market value of the stock at the date the option is granted, and that the option price must be paid in full at exercise. The options under the Plan expire on dates determined by the Board of Directors, but not later than ten years from the date of grant. The vesting period is determined by the Board of Directors and is generally five years. For participants with 10 years of service at the date of grant, options vest immediately.

A summary of the activity of the Plan follows:

 

     2005

   2004

   2003

     Shares

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


   Shares

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


   Shares

    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price


Outstanding, beginning of year

   1,378,322     $ 8.61    1,803,278     $ 8.11    1,947,536     $ 7.82

Exercised

   (319,762 )   $ 8.35    (429,156 )   $ 7.51    (172,858 )   $ 7.42

Granted

   143,000     $ 22.16    60,000     $ 16.13    82,000     $ 13.99

Canceled

   (58,600 )   $ 13.36    (55,800 )   $ 8.80    (53,400 )   $ 8.99
    

        

        

     

Outstanding, end of year

   1,142,960     $ 10.14    1,378,322     $ 8.61    1,803,278     $ 8.11
    

        

        

     

Exercisable, end of year

   851,560     $ 8.13    1,063,922     $ 8.12    1,363,478     $ 7.89
    

        

        

     

A summary of options outstanding at December 31, 2005 follows:

 

Exercise Price


   Outstanding
at
December 31,
2005


   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)


  

Number of

Options

Exercisable

December 31,

2005


$  6.43

   429,623    5.8    369,423

$  9.00

   441,337    2.9    432,937

$  9.89

   12,200    6.8    5,800

$10.05

   16,000    6.3    8,800

$10.36

   10,800    7.0    2,400

$10.86

   16,200    7.3    4,600

$13.85

   11,000    7.3    4,400

$15.50

   8,000    8.3    1,600

$15.63

   29,000    7.5    11,600

$15.65

   10,800    8.5    1,200

$16.56

   19,000    8.8    3,800

$16.61

   13,000    8.0    5,000

$ 21.80

   36,000    9.0    0

$22.74

   30,000    9.3    0

$22.83

   25,000    9.8    0

$23.34

   35,000    9.6    0
    
       
     1,142,960         851,560
    
       

 

77


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

13. REGULATORY MATTERS

The Company and the Bank are subject to certain regulatory requirements administered by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the FDIC. Failure to meet these minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s and the Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Each of these components is defined in the regulations. Management believes that the Company and the Bank meet all their capital adequacy requirements as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.

In addition, as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and leverage capital ratios as set forth below (dollars in thousands).

 

     2005

    2004

 
    

Capital

Amount


   Ratio

   

Capital

Amount


   Ratio

 

Leverage Ratio

                          

Sierra Bancorp and subsidiary

   $ 101,927    9.9 %   $ 88,988    9.2 %

Minimum regulatory requirement

   $ 41,313    4.0 %   $ 38,680    4.0 %

Bank of the Sierra

   $ 95,791    9.3 %   $ 62,895    8.5 %

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

   $ 51,435    5.0 %   $ 48,230    5.0 %

Minimum regulatory requirement

   $ 41,148    4.0 %   $ 38,584    4.0 %

Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio

                          

Sierra Bancorp and subsidiary

   $ 101,927    12.0 %   $ 88,988    11.3 %

Minimum regulatory requirement

   $ 33,962    4.0 %   $ 31,388    4.0 %

Bank of the Sierra

   $ 95,791    11.3 %   $ 81,814    10.5 %

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

   $ 50,693    6.0 %   $ 46,843    6.0 %

Minimum regulatory requirement

   $ 33,795    4.0 %   $ 31,228    4.0 %

Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

                          

Sierra Bancorp and subsidiary

   $ 114,527    13.5 %   $ 104,352    13.3 %

Minimum regulatory requirement

   $ 67,923    8.0 %   $ 62,777    8.0 %

Bank of the Sierra

   $ 105,259    12.5 %   $ 90,793    11.6 %

Minimum requirement for “Well-Capitalized” institution

   $ 84,489    10.0 %   $ 78,071    10.0 %

Minimum regulatory requirement

   $ 67,591    8.0 %   $ 62,457    8.0 %

 

78


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

13. REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

In March 2005, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System issued a final rule allowing bank holding companies to continue to include trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes. The amount that can be included is limited to 25% of all core capital elements, net of goodwill less any associated deferred tax liability. Amounts of restricted core capital elements in excess of these limits generally may be included in tier 2 capital. While this is a positive current development, there can be no assurance that the Federal Reserve will not impose further restrictions in the future on the inclusion of trust preferred securities in Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

Dividend Restrictions

The Company’s ability to pay cash dividends is dependent on dividends paid to it by the Bank and limited by California corporation law. Under California law, the holders of common stock of the Company are entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of funds legally available, subject to certain restrictions. The California general corporation law prohibits the Company from paying dividends on its common stock unless: (1) its retained earnings, immediately prior to the dividend payment, equals or exceeds the amount of the dividend or (2) immediately after giving effect to the dividend, the sum of the Company’s assets (exclusive of goodwill and deferred charges) would be at least equal to 125% of its liabilities (not including deferred taxes, deferred income and other deferred liabilities) and the current assets of the Company would be at least equal to its current liabilities, or, if the average of its earnings before taxes on income and before interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of its interest expense for the two preceding fiscal years, at least equal to 125% of its current liabilities.

Dividends from the Bank to the Company are restricted under California law to the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or the Bank’s net income for the latest three fiscal years, less dividends previously declared during that period, or, with the approval of the Department of Financial Institutions, to the greater of the retained earnings of the Bank, the net income of the Bank for its last fiscal year, or the net income of the Bank for its current fiscal year. As of December 31, 2005, the maximum amount available for dividend distribution under this restriction was approximately $30,000,000.

 

14. BENEFIT PLANS

Salary Continuation Agreements, Directors’ Retirement and Officer Supplemental Life Insurance Plans

In 2002, the Company entered into salary continuation agreements with certain executive officers and also established a retirement plan for members of the Board of Directors. The plans provide for annual benefits for up to fifteen years after retirement or death. The benefit obligation under these plans totaled $1,996,000 and $1,186,000, and was 40.8% and 27.2% funded for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. In addition, the Company provides benefits to former executives of Sierra National Bank under salary continuation plans that were in effect at the time Sierra National Bank was merged into Bank of the Sierra. The benefit obligation under these plans totaled $431,000 and $473,000 and was previously fully funded for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Benefits paid to former executives of SNB under this plan totaled $81,000 and $95,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. Certain officers of the Company have supplemental life insurance policies with death benefits available to the officers’ beneficiaries. The expense recognized under these arrangements totaled $1,040,000, $501,000 and $545,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

79


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

14. BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)

In connection with these plans, the Company purchased, or acquired through the merger, single premium life insurance policies with cash surrender values totaling $18,531,000 and $15,983,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. On the consolidated balance sheet, the cash surrender values are included in other assets.

Officer and Director Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has established a deferred compensation plan for certain members of the management group and a deferred fee plan for directors for the purpose of providing the opportunity for participants to defer compensation. The Company bears the costs for the plan’s administration and the interest earned on participant deferrals. The related expense was not material for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. In connection with this plan, life insurance policies were purchased with cash surrender values totaling $1,153,000 and $858,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, which are included on the consolidated balance sheet in other assets.

401(k) Savings Plan

The 401(k) savings plan (the “Plan”) allows participants to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 15% of their salary (subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations) and accumulate tax-deferred earnings as a retirement fund. The Bank may make a discretionary contribution to match a specified percentage of the first 6% of the participants’ contributions annually. The amount of the matching contribution was 70% in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The matching contribution is discretionary, vests over a period of five years from the participants’ hire date and is subject to the approval of the Board of Directors. The Company contributed $412,000, $378,000 and $333,000 to the Plan in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

 

15. NON-INTEREST REVENUE

The major grouping of non interest revenue on the consolidated income statements includes several specific items: service charges on deposit accounts, gain on sale of loans, credit card fees, checkcard fees, (loss) gain on sales and calls of investment securities available for sale, and increase in cash surrender value of life insurance.

Non interest revenue also includes one general category of other income of which the following are major components (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

 
     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Included in other income:

                        

Loss on tax credit investment

   $ (1,092 )   $ (469 )   $ (556 )

Loss on write down of Restricted Stock

     (570 )     0       0  

 

80


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

16. OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE

Other expense consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,

     2005

   2004

   2003

Professional fees

   $ 2,645    $ 2,038    $ 2,028

Data processing

     1,194      1,087      1,095

Advertising and promotion

     1,524      1,241      1,117

Deposit services

     1,303      1,168      1,054

Stationery and supplies

     683      673      650

Telephone and data communication

     846      766      700

Loan and credit card processing

     1,519      1,329      934

Other

     1,250      1,232      1,065
    

  

  

     $ 10,964    $ 9,534    $ 8,643
    

  

  

 

17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

During the normal course of business, the Bank enters into loans with related parties, including executive officers and directors. These loans are made with substantially the same terms, including rates and collateral, as loans to unrelated parties. The following is a summary of the aggregate activity involving related party borrowers (dollars in thousands):

 

Balance, January 1, 2005

   $ 2,384  

Disbursements

     15,618  

Amounts repaid

     (14,769 )
    


Balance, December 31, 2005

   $ 3,233  
    


Undisbursed commitments to related parties, December 31, 2005

   $ 4,584  
    


Deposits from related parties held by the Bank at December 31, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $2,802,000 and $3,268,000 respectively.

 

18. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Other comprehensive income or loss consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

    

Before

Tax


   

Tax

(Expense)

Benefit


   

After

Tax


 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2005

                        

Other comprehensive loss:

                        

Unrealized holding losses

   $ (3,939 )   $ 1,621     $ (2,318 )

Plus: reclassification adjustment for net realized losses included in net income

     394       (162 )     232  
    


 


 


Total other comprehensive loss

   $ (3,545 )   $ 1,459     $ (2,086 )
    


 


 


 

81


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

18. OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2004         

Other comprehensive loss:

                        

Unrealized holding losses

   $ (1,837 )   $ 771     $ (1,104 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     19       (8 )     11  
    


 


 


Total other comprehensive loss

   $ (1,856 )   $ (763 )   $ (1,093 )
    


 


 


For the Year Ended December 31, 2003

                        

Other comprehensive loss:

                        

Unrealized holding losses

   $ (1,034 )   $ 425     $ (609 )

Less: reclassification adjustment for net realized gains included in net income

     118       (48 )     70  
    


 


 


Total other comprehensive loss

   $ (916 )   $ 377     $ (539 )
    


 


 


 

19. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Disclosures include estimated fair values for financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. These estimates are made at a specific point in time based on relevant market data and information about the financial instruments. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument for sale at one time, nor do they attempt to estimate the value of anticipated future business related to the instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.

Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the fair values presented.

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company to estimate the fair value of its financial instruments at December 31, 2005 and 2004:

Cash and cash equivalents and short-term borrowings : For cash and cash equivalents and short-term borrowings, the carrying amount is estimated to be fair value.

Investment securities : For investment securities, fair values are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities and indications of value provided by brokers.

 

82


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

19. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

Loans and leases : For variable-rate loans and leases that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk or interest rate spread, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans and leases are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates being offered at each reporting date for loans and leases with similar terms to borrowers of comparable creditworthiness. Fair values of loans held for sale are estimated using quoted market prices for similar loans or the amount the purchasers have committed to purchase the loan. The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value.

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies : The fair values are based on current cash surrender values at each reporting date provided by the insurers.

Investment in limited partnerships : The fair values of the investments in WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund Limited Partnerships are estimated using quarterly indications of value provided by the general partner.

Other investments : Included in other assets are certain long-term investments carried at cost, which approximates estimated fair value.

Deposits : The fair values for demand deposits and other non-maturity deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date represented by their carrying amount. Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis using interest rates being offered at each reporting date by the Bank for certificates with similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Short-term borrowings : The carrying amounts of federal funds purchased, overnight FHLB advances, borrowings under repurchase agreements, and other short-term borrowings maturing within ninety days approximate their fair values. Fair values of other short-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Long-term borrowings : The fair values of the Company’s long-term borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

Subordinated debentures : The fair value of subordinated debentures was determined based on the current market value for like kind instruments of a similar maturity and structure.

Limited partnership capital commitments : The fair value of the capital commitments to the WNC Institutional Tax Credit Fund Limited Partnerships are estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis using rates of return currently available for similar instruments.

Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit : Commitments to extend credit are primarily for adjustable rate loans. For these commitments, there are no differences between the committed amounts and their fair values. Commitments to fund fixed rate loans and letters of credit are at rates which approximate fair value at each reporting date.

 

83


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

19. DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

     December 31, 2005

   December 31, 2004

     (Dollars in thousands)
    

Carrying

Amount


  

Fair

Value


  

Carrying

Amount


  

Fair

Value


Financial assets:

                           

Cash and due from banks

   $ 50,147    $ 50,147    $ 36,735    $ 36,735

Investment securities available for sale

     193,676      193,676      198,024      198,024

Loans and leases, net

     729,780      737,594      686,157      690,702

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

     19,684      19,684      16,841      16,841

Other investments

     4,869      4,869      5,584      5,584

Investment in limited partnership

     10,726      10,726      9,818      9,818

Accrued interest receivable

     5,100      5,100      4,218      4,218

Financial liabilities:

                           

Deposits

   $ 815,671    $ 814,068    $ 742,703    $ 741,975

Short-term borrowings

     67,861      67,721      67,987      65,224

Long-term borrowings

     46,000      44,422      75,000      73,757

Subordinated debentures

     30,928      31,620      30,928      31,780

Limited partnership capital commitment

     3,323      3,323      2,205      2,205

Accrued interest payable

     1,459      1,459      1,053      1,053

Off-balance-sheet financial instruments:

                           

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 270,608    $ 270,608    $ 215,566    $ 215,566

Standby letters of credit

     16,630      16,630      19,842      19,842

Credit card commitments

     45,906      45,906      41,880      41,880

 

84


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

20. PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2005 and 2004

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2005

    2004

ASSETS               

Cash and due from banks

   $ 6,252     $ 10,571

Investment in bank subsidiary

     99,495       87,604

Investment in Trust subsidiaries

     928       928

Investment in other securities

     430       1,000

Other assets

     2,795       2,071
    


 

Total assets

   $ 109,900     $ 102,174
    


 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY               

Liabilities:

              

Other liabilities

   $ 209     $ 111

Subordinated debentures

     30,928       30,928
    


 

Total liabilities

     31,137       31,039
    


 

Shareholders’ equity:

              

Common stock

     12,221       8,829

Retained earnings

     68,382       62,060

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes

     (1,840 )     246
    


 

Total shareholders’ equity

     78,763       71,135
    


 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 109,900     $ 102,174
    


 

 

85


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

20. PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Income:

                        

Dividends declared by bank subsidiary – eliminated in consolidation

   $ 4,410     $ 3,504     $ 3,426  

Other operating income

     4                  
    


 


 


Total income

     4,414       3,504       3,426  
    


 


 


Expenses:

                        

Interest on subordinated debentures

     1,985       1,410       770  

Other expenses

     1,642       349       526  
    


 


 


Total expenses

     3,627       1,759       1,296  
    


 


 


Income before income taxes

     787       1,745       2,130  

Income tax benefit

     (1,428 )     (679 )     (466 )
    


 


 


Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

     2,215       2,424       2,596  

Equity in undistributed income of subsidiary

     13,979       10,922       7,768  
    


 


 


Net income

   $ 16,194     $ 13,346     $ 10,364  
    


 


 


 

86


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

20. PARENT ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2005

    2004

    2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                        

Net income

   $ 16,194     $ 13,346     $ 10,364  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                        

Undistributed net income of subsidiary

     (13,979 )     (10,922 )     (7,768 )

Increase in other assets

     775       (199 )     (893 )

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     97       (42 )     72  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,087       2,183       1,775  
    


 


 


Cash flows from investing activities:

                        

Investment in bank subsidiary

             (8,000 )        

Investment in Sierra Statutory Trust II

             (464 )        

Proceeds from (investment in) other securities

                     40  
    


 


 


Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     0       (8,464 )     40  
    


 


 


Cash flows from financing activities:

                        

Proceeds from the issuance of subordinated debentures

                     15,464  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

     2,670       4,343       1,741  

Common stock repurchase and retirement

     (5,677 )     (1,929 )     (1,531 )

Dividends paid

     (4,399 )     (3,506 )     (3,346 )
    


 


 


Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (7,406 )     14,372       (3,136 )
    


 


 


Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (4,319 )     8,091       (1,321 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     10,571       2,480       3,801  
    


 


 


Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 6,252     $ 10,571     $ 2,480  
    


 


 


 

87


Table of Contents

SIERRA BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Continued)

 

21. CONDENSED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)

The following table sets forth the Company’s results of operations for the four quarters of 2005 and 2004 and is unaudited. In management’s opinion, the results of operations reflect all adjustments (which include only recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the condensed results for such periods.

 

     2005 Quarter Ended

     December 31,

   September 30,

   June 30,

   March 31,

Interest income

   $ 17,383    $ 16,976    $ 15,355    $ 14,659

Interest expense

     3,924      3,499      3,078      2,831
    

  

  

  

Net interest income

     13,459      13,477      12,277      11,828

Provision for loan and lease losses

     800      450      900      1,000

Non-interest income

     2,215      2,751      2,487      2,659

Non-interest expense

     8,305      8,178      8,507      8,736
    

  

  

  

Net income before taxes

     6,569      7,600      5,357      4,751

Provision for taxes

     2,233      2,754      1,606      1,490
    

  

  

  

Net income

   $ 4,336    $ 4,846    $ 3,751    $ 3,261
    

  

  

  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ .42    $ .47    $ .36    $ .31

Cash dividend per share

   $ .12    $ .11    $ .11    $ .11
     2004 Quarter Ended

     December 31,

   September 30,

   June 30,

   March 31,

Interest income

   $ 14,312    $ 13,476    $ 12,417    $ 11,952

Interest expense

     2,511      2,274      2,102      1,609
    

  

  

  

Net interest income

     11,801      11,202      10,315      10,343

Provision for loan and lease losses

     800      1,000      773      900

Non-interest income

     2,197      2,732      2,719      2,609

Non-interest expense

     8,048      6,995      7,347      7,535
    

  

  

  

Net income before taxes

     5,150      5,939      4,914      4,517

Provision for taxes

     1,819      1,996      1,988      1,371
    

  

  

  

Net income

   $ 3,331    $ 3,943    $ 2,926    $ 3,146
    

  

  

  

Diluted earnings per share

   $ .32    $ .39    $ .29    $ .31

Cash dividend per share

   $ .10    $ .09    $ .09    $ .09

 

88


Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13(a)–15(e) as of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”) have concluded that as of the Evaluation Date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report was being prepared.

Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and reliability of the consolidated financial statements and related financial information contained in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include some amounts that are based on judgments and estimates of management.

Management has established and is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

(ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal control may vary over time. The system contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005. This assessment was based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in “Internal Control - Integrated Framework” published by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005.

 

89


Table of Contents

Our assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 has been audited by Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing below.

Changes in Internal Controls

There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors in the fourth quarter of 2005 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary

Porterville, California

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, that Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Because management’s assessment and our audit were conducted to also meet the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA), management’s assessment and our audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9 C). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and the receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that Sierra Bancorp and Subsidiary maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on criteria established

 

90


Table of Contents

in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows for the years then ended and our report dated March 13, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion.

/s/ Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP

Rancho Cucamonga, California

March 13, 2006

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a code of ethics applicable to all of its officers, directors and employees, including its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. The text of this code of ethics was included as an exhibit to the Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2005. Furthermore, the Company intends to fully disclose any waiver from, or amendment to, any provision of its code of ethics.

Other Information Concerning Directors and Executive Officers

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to Directors and Executive Officers of the Company will be set forth under the caption “Election of Directors” in the Company’s proxy statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which the Company will file with the SEC within 120 days after the close of the Company’s 2005 fiscal year in accordance with SEC Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such information is hereby incorporated by reference.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

91


Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2005, with respect to options outstanding and available under our 1998 Stock Option Plan, which is our only equity compensation plan other than an employee benefit plan meeting the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code:

 

Plan Category


  

Number of Securities

to be Issued

Upon Exercise of
Outstanding Options


  

Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

of Outstanding

Options


  

Number of Securities
Remaining Available

for Future Issuance


Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   1,142,960    $ 10.14    628,864

Other Information Concerning Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The remainder of the information required by Item 12 will be set forth under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption “Certain Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item will be set forth under the caption “Relationship with Independent Accountants - Fees” in the Proxy Statement, and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

92


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description


2    Plan of Reorganization and Agreement of Merger dated December 14, 2000 by and among Bank of the Sierra, Sierra Bancorp and Sierra Merger Corporation (effective August 10, 2001) (1)
3.1    Articles of Incorporation of Sierra Bancorp (1)
3.2    Amendment to Articles of Incorporation of Sierra Bancorp (1)
3.3    By-laws of Sierra Bancorp (1)
10.1    1998 Stock Option Plan (1)
10.2    Indenture dated as of November 28, 2001 between Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, and Sierra Bancorp, as Issuer (2)
10.3    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Sierra Capital Trust I, dated as of November 28, 2001 (2)
10.4    Guarantee Agreement between Sierra Bancorp and Wilmington Trust Company dated as of November 28, 2001 (2)
10.5    Salary Continuation Agreement for Kenneth R. Taylor (3)
10.6    Salary Continuation Agreement for Kenneth E. Goodwin (3)
10.7    Salary Continuation Agreement for James C. Holly (3)
10.8    Salary Continuation Agreement for Charlie C. Glenn (3)
10.9    Salary Continuation Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement for James F. Gardunio (4)
10.10    Split Dollar Agreement for Kenneth R. Taylor
10.11    Split Dollar Agreement for Kenneth E. Goodwin
10.12    Split Dollar Agreement for James C. Holly
10.13    Split Dollar Agreement for Charlie C. Glenn
10.14    Director Retirement Agreement for Howard Smith
10.15    Director Retirement Agreement for Robert Tienken
10.16    Director Retirement Agreement and Split dollar Agreement for Vincent Jurkovich
10.17    Director Retirement Agreement and Split dollar Agreement for Robert Fields
10.18    Director Retirement Agreement and Split dollar Agreement for Gordon Woods
10.19    Director Retirement Agreement and Split dollar Agreement for Morris Tharp
10.20    Director Retirement Agreement and Split dollar Agreement for Albert Berra
10.21    Director Retirement Agreement and Split dollar Agreement for Gregory Childress
10.22    401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
10.23    Indenture dated as of March 17, 2004 between U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and Sierra Bancorp, as Issuer (5)
10.24    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Sierra Statutory Trust II, dated as of March 17, 2004 (5)
10.25    Guarantee Agreement between Sierra Bancorp and U.S. Bank National Association dated as of March 17, 2004 (5)
11    Statement of Computation of Per Share Earnings (6)
14    Code of Ethics (7)
21    Subsidiaries of Sierra Bancorp (8)

 

93


Table of Contents
Exhibit No.

 

Description


23.1   Consent of Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP
23.2   Consent of Perry-Smith LLP
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer (Section 302 Certification)
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer (Section 302 Certification)
32   Certification of Periodic Financial Report (Section 906 Certification)

(1) Filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement of Sierra Bancorp on Form S-4 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) (Registration No. 333-53178) on January 4, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
(2) Filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-K filed with the SEC on April 1, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference.
(3) Filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 15, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
(4) Filed as an Exhibit to the Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 11, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
(5) Filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 14, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.
(6) Computation of earnings per share is incorporated herein by reference to Note 12 of the Financial Statements.
(7) Filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference.
(8) Filed as an Exhibit to the Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 24, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.

 

94


Table of Contents

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules to the financial statements are omitted because the required information is not applicable or because the required information is presented in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements or related notes.

 

95


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: March 13, 2006   SIERRA BANCORP,
    a California corporation
    By:  

/s/ James C. Holly


        James C. Holly
        President and Chief Executive Officer
    By:  

/s/ Kenneth R. Taylor


        Kenneth R. Taylor
        Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/ Albert L. Berra


Albert L. Berra

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ Gregory A. Childress


Gregory A. Childress

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ Robert L. Fields


Robert L. Fields

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ James C. Holly


James C. Holly

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ Vincent L. Jurkovich


Vincent L. Jurkovich

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ Morris A. Tharp


Morris A. Tharp

   Chairman of the Board   March 13, 2006

/s/ Robert H. Tienken


Robert H. Tienken

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ Gordon T. Woods


Gordon T. Woods

   Director   March 13, 2006

/s/ Kenneth R. Taylor


Kenneth R. Taylor

  

Senior Vice President

& Chief Financial Officer

  March 13, 2006

 

96

Exhibit 10.10

 

Exhibit 10.10 – Split Dollar Agreement for Kenneth R. Taylor

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and KENNETH TAYLOR (the “Executive”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Insured” means the Executive.

 

1.2 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.3 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining 65 years of age.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

 

1.5 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.6 “Salary Continuation Agreement” means that Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and the Executive on even date herewith.


1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Executive’s employment for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Employment” means the Executive ceasing to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Executive or the Executive’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $658,364 upon the death of the Executive: a) prior to Normal Retirement Date while employed by the Company; or b) after Termination of Employment and while receiving, waiting to receive or having received a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. In the event the Executive was not eligible for a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Executive execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.


Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Executive shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can


extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Executive’s Termination for Cause, Early Voluntary Termination (as defined in the Salary Continuation Agreement) or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another


company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

 

8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Kenneth Taylor        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.11

 

Exhibit 10.11 – Split Dollar Agreement for Kenneth E. Goodwin

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and KENNETH GOODWIN (the “Executive”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “Salary Continuation Agreement” means that Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and the Executive on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Executive.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive attaining 66 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.


1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Executive’s employment for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Employment” means the Executive ceasing to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Executive or the Executive’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $658,364 upon the death of the Executive: a) prior to Normal Retirement Date while employed by the Company; or b) after Termination of Employment and while receiving, waiting to receive or having received a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. In the event the Executive was not eligible for a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Executive execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.


Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Executive shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior


to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Executive’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.


8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Kenneth Goodwin        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.12

 

Exhibit 10.12 – Split Dollar Agreement for James C. Holly

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and JAMES HOLLY (the “Executive”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “Salary Continuation Agreement” means that Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and the Executive on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Executive.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Executive attaining 66 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.


1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Executive’s employment for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Employment” means the Executive ceasing to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Executive or the Executive’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $877,818 upon the death of the Executive: a) prior to Normal Retirement Date while employed by the Company; or b) after Termination of Employment and while receiving, waiting to receive or having received a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. In the event the Executive was not eligible for a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Executive execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.


Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Executive shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can


extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Executive’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.


8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


James Holly        
    Title  

 


         


FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT is adopted this 17th day of July, 2003, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and JAMES HOLLY (the “Executive”).

 

On October 1, 2002, the Company and the Executive executed the BANK OF THE SIERRA SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), which is Addendum A to the BANK OF SIERRA SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT. Pursuant to Article 7 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby amend, Section 2.2 of the Agreement to increase the amount of Executive’s interest by $100,000, for a total death benefit of $977,818. Therefore, the revisions set forth below shall be made to the Agreement.

 

Section 2.2 of the Agreement shall be revised to read as follows (revisions in italics):

 

Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $977,818 upon the death of the Executive: a) prior to Normal Retirement Date while employed by the Company; or b) after Termination of Employment and while receiving, waiting to receive or having received a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. In the event the Executive was not eligible for a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

 

IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Executive and the Company hereby consent to this First Amendment.

 

Executive:   BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


JAMES HOLLY

       
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.13

 

Exhibit 10.13 – Split Dollar Agreement for Charlie C. Glenn

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and CHARLIE GLENN (the “Executive”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Executive to remain an employee of the Company, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Executive’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Insured” means the Executive.

 

1.2 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.3 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Executive attaining 66 years of age.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.

 

1.5 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.6 “Salary Continuation Agreement” means that Salary Continuation Agreement between the Company and the Executive on even date herewith.


1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Executive’s employment for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executive’s employment with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Executive’s employment and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Employment” means the Executive ceasing to be employed by the Company for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Executive or the Executive’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Executive’s Interest . The Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $77,325 upon the death of the Executive: a) prior to Normal Retirement Date while employed by the Company; or b) after Termination of Employment and while receiving, waiting to receive or having received a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement. The Executive shall also have the right to elect and change settlement options that may be permitted. In the event the Executive was not eligible for a benefit under the Salary Continuation Agreement, the Executive, the Executive’s transferee or the Executive’s beneficiary shall have no rights or interests in the Policy and no death benefit shall be paid under this Section 2.2.

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Executive or the Executive’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Executive’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Executive execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.


Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Executive based on the amount of the current term rate for the Executive’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Executive’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Executive shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Executive may assign without consideration all of the Executive’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Executive transfers all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Executive’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Executive’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Executive shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior


to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Executive’s Termination for Cause, Early Voluntary Termination (as defined in the Salary Continuation Agreement) or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Company’s right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executive’s right to terminate employment at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.4 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.


8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Charlie Glenn        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.14

 

Exhibit 10.14 – Director Retirement Agreement for Howard Smith

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and HOWARD SMITH (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.

 

1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.


1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.

 

1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 95 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination


of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.


Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Pre-retirement Death Benefit set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the present value of the stream of payments of the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1, using an 8.0 percent discount rate. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Director’s beneficiary in a lump sum within 30 days following the later of: (a) the Director’s death; or (b) the Director’s Normal Retirement Age.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Director’s beneficiary that the Director was entitled to prior to death.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.


Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;


(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.


8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Howard Smith        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Howard Smith

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                     

 

Received by the Company this       day of               , 2002.

 

By  

 


Title  

 


Exhibit 10.15

 

Exhibit 10.15 – Director Retirement Agreement for Robert Tienken

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and ROBERT TIENKEN (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.

 

1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.


1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.

 

1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 87 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination


of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.


Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Pre-retirement Death Benefit set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the present value of the stream of payments of the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1, using an 8.0 percent discount rate. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Director’s beneficiary in a lump sum within 30 days following the later of: (a) the Director’s death; or (b) the Director’s Normal Retirement Age.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Director had the Director survived.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Director’s beneficiary that the Director was entitled to prior to death.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.


Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;


(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.


8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Robert Tienken        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Robert Tienken

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                       

 

Received by the Company this      day of              , 2002.

 

By  

 


Title  

 


Exhibit 10.16

 

Exhibit 10.16 – Director Retirement Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement for Vincent Jurkovich

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and VINCE JURKOVICH (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.


1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

 

1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.

 

1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 80 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination


Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.


Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the benefit and, in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of the remaining benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director. In the event that said benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company, no death benefit is due to the Director.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall not pay said benefit, but, in lieu thereof, shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of said benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.


6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.


8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Vince Jurkovich        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Vince Jurkovich

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                       

 

Received by the Company this      day of              , 2002.

 

By  

 


Title  

 



BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and VINCE JURKOVICH (the “Director”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Director Retirement Agreement” means that Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Director.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Director attaining 80 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Service” means the Director ceasing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Director or the Director’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the amounts in (a) or (b) below, depending upon time of death.

 

a) Pre-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director prior to Normal Retirement Date while actively serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is $250,000.

 

b) Post-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director after Termination of Service and while receiving a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is the accrued liability on the books of the Company, which amount should equal the present value of the remaining benefit to be paid under the Director Retirement Agreement. In the event that a benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company or if the Director was not eligible for a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, no death benefit is due to the Director under this section 2.2(b).

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company


and the Director execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

 

Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the amount of the current term rate for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Director shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Director may assign without consideration all of the Director’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can


extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Director’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.


8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Vince Jurkovich        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.17

 

Exhibit 10.17 – Director Retirement Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement for Robert Fields

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and ROBERT FIELDS (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.

 

1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.


1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.

 

1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 79 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination


of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.


Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the benefit and, in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of the remaining benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director. In the event that said benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company, no death benefit is due to the Director.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall not pay said benefit, but, in lieu thereof, shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of said benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.


6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.


8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Robert Fields        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Robert Fields

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature

 

 


Date

                      

 

Received by the Company this      day of              , 2002.

 

By

 

 


Title  

 



BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and ROBERT FIELDS (the “Director”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Director Retirement Agreement” means that Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Director.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Director attaining 79 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.


1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Service” means the Director ceasing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Director or the Director’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the amounts in (a) or (b) below, depending upon time of death.

 

a) Pre-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director prior to Normal Retirement Date while actively serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is $250,000.

 

b) Post-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director after Termination of Service and while receiving a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is the accrued liability on the books of the Company, which amount should equal the present value of the remaining benefit to be paid under the Director Retirement Agreement. In the event that a benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company or if the Director was not eligible for a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, no death benefit is due to the Director under this section 2.2(b).

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise


abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Director execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

 

Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the amount of the current term rate for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Director shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Director may assign without consideration all of the Director’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.


6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Director’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.


8.4 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

 

8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Robert Fields        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.18

 

Exhibit 10.18 – Director Retirement Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement for Gordon Woods

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and GORDON WOODS (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.

 

1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.


1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.

 

1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 72 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.


2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the


Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the benefit and, in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of the remaining benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director. In the event that said benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company, no death benefit is due to the Director.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall not pay said benefit, but, in lieu thereof, shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of said benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.


6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the


Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this


Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Gordon Woods        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Gordon Woods

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                     
Received by the Company this 1st day of October, 2002.
By  

 


Title  

 



BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this      day of              , 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and GORDON WOODS (the “Director”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Director Retirement Agreement” means that Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Director.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Director attaining 72 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Service” means the Director ceasing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Director or the Director’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the amounts in (a) or (b) below, depending upon time of death.

 

a) Pre-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director prior to Normal Retirement Date while actively serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is $250,000.

 

b) Post-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director after Termination of Service and while receiving a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is the accrued liability on the books of the Company, which amount should equal the present value of the remaining benefit to be paid under the Director Retirement Agreement. In the event that a benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company or if the Director was not eligible for a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, no death benefit is due to the Director under this section 2.2(b).

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a


comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Director execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

 

Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the amount of the current term rate for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Director shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Director may assign without consideration all of the Director’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.


6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Director’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.


8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

 

8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Gordon Woods        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.19

 

Exhibit 10.19 – Director Retirement Agreement and Split Dollar Agreement for Morris Tharp

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and MORRIS THARP (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.


1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

 

1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.

 

1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 70 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination


Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.


Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

3.2 Death During Payment of a Lifetime Benefit . If the Director dies after any Lifetime Benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the benefit and, in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of the remaining benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director. In the event that said benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company, no death benefit is due to the Director.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Lifetime Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a Lifetime Benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall not pay said benefit, but, in lieu thereof, shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of said benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.


6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).


Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.


8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;

 

(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Morris Tharp        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Morris Tharp

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                     

 

Received by the Company this      day of              , 2002.

 

By  

 


Title  

 



BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and MORRIS THARP (the “Director”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Director Retirement Agreement” means that Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Director.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Director attaining 70 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Service” means the Director ceasing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Director or the Director’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the amounts in (a) or (b) below, depending upon time of death.

 

a) Pre-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director prior to Normal Retirement Date while actively serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is $250,000.

 

b) Post-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director after Termination of Service and while receiving a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is the accrued liability on the books of the Company, which amount should equal the present value of the remaining benefit to be paid under the Director Retirement Agreement. In the event that a benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company or if the Director was not eligible for a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, no death benefit is due to the Director under this section 2.2(b).

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company


and the Director execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

 

Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the amount of the current term rate for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Director shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Director may assign without consideration all of the Director’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can


extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Director’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.


8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

DIRECTOR:  

COMPANY:

BANK OF THE SIERRA

   

 


  By  

 


Morris Tharp        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.20

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and ALBERT BERRA (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.

 

1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

 

1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.


1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 70 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.


2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.


3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the benefit and, in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of the remaining benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director. In the event that said benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company, no death benefit is due to the Director.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall not pay said benefit, but, in lieu thereof, shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of said benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or


(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.


6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.


Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;


(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Albert Berra        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Albert Berra

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                     
Received by the Company this 1st day of October, 2002.
By  

 


Title  

 



BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and ALBERT BERRA (the “Director”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Director Retirement Agreement” means that Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Director.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Director attaining 70 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Service” means the Director ceasing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Director or the Director’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the amounts in (a) or (b) below, depending upon time of death.

 

a) Pre-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director prior to Normal Retirement Date while actively serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is $250,000.

 

b) Post-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director after Termination of Service and while receiving a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is the accrued liability on the books of the Company, which amount should equal the present value of the remaining benefit to be paid under the Director Retirement Agreement. In the event that a benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company or if the Director was not eligible for a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, no death benefit is due to the Director under this section 2.2(b).

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a


comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Director execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

 

Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the amount of the current term rate for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Director shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Director may assign without consideration all of the Director’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.


6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Director’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.


8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

 

8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Albert Berra        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.21

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and GREGORY CHILDRESS (the “Director”).

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to provide salary continuation benefits to the Director. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

Definitions

 

Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Change of Control ” means the transfer of shares of the Company’s voting common stock such that one entity or one person acquires (or is deemed to acquire when applying Section 318 of the Code) more than 50 percent of the Company’s outstanding voting common stock.

 

1.2 “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

1.3 “ Disability ” means, if the Director is covered by a Company-sponsored disability policy, total disability as defined in such policy without regard to any waiting period. If the Director is not covered by such a policy, Disability means the Director suffering a sickness, accident or injury that, in the judgment of a physician who is satisfactory to the Company, prevents the Director from performing substantially all of the Director’s normal duties for the Company. As a condition to receiving any Disability benefits, the Company may require the Director to submit to such physical or mental evaluations and tests as the Company’s Board of Directors deems appropriate and reasonable.

 

1.4 “Early Termination” means the Termination of Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, Termination for Cause or following a Change of Control.

 

1.5 “ Effective Date ” means October 1, 2002.


1.6 “ Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director attaining 70 years of age.

 

1.7 “ Normal Retirement Date ” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.8 “ Plan Year ” means a twelve-month period commencing on October 1 and ending on September 30 of each year. The initial Plan Year shall commence on the effective date of this Agreement.

 

1.9 “ Termination for Cause ” See Article 5.

 

1.10 “ Termination of Service ” means that the Director ceases to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.

 

Article 2

Lifetime Benefits

 

2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Service on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is $25,000 (Twenty-five Thousand Dollars). The Company’s Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the annual benefit under this Section 2.1.1; however, any increase shall require the recalculation of Schedule A.

 

2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Director’s Normal Retirement Date, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.1.3 Benefit Increases . Commencing on the first anniversary of the first benefit payment, and continuing on each subsequent anniversary, the Company’s Board of Directors, at its sole discretion, may increase the benefit.

 

2.2 Early Termination Benefit . Upon an Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Termination Lump Sum set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service, determined by vesting the Director in the Accrual Balance for the Plan Year ending immediately prior to Termination of Service. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.


2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit determined under Section 2.2.1 to the Director in a lump sum within 30 days following Termination of Service.

 

2.3 Disability Benefit. Upon the Director’s Termination of Service prior to Normal Retirement Age due to Disability, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.3.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.3.2 Payment of Benefit. The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined under Section 2.3.1 to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Normal Retirement Age, paying the annual benefit to the Director for a period of 10 years.

 

2.3.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

2.4 Change of Control Benefit . Upon a Change of Control, followed within twelve (12) months by the Director’s Termination of Service for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this Section 2.4 in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.

 

2.4.1 Amount of Benefit. The benefit under this Section 2.4 is the Change of Control annual Installment set forth on Schedule A, determined by vesting the Director in the Normal Retirement Benefit described in Section 2.1.1. Any increase in the annual benefit under Section 2.1.1 shall require the recalculation of this benefit on Schedule A.

 

2.4.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit determined in Section 2.4.1 to the Director on the first of the following Plan Year and the first of each Plan Year thereafter, paying the annual benefit for a period of 10 years.

 

2.4.3 Benefit Increases . Benefit payments may be increased as provided in Section 2.1.3.

 

Article 3

Death Benefits

 

3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Director dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the split dollar death benefit described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director in lieu of any other benefit under this Agreement.


3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Director dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall cease paying the benefit and, in lieu thereof, the Company shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of the remaining benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director. In the event that said benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company, no death benefit is due to the Director.

 

3.3 Death After Termination of Service But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences. If the Director is entitled to a benefit under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall not pay said benefit, but, in lieu thereof, shall pay to the Director’s beneficiary the present value of said benefit in a split-dollar arrangement described in the Split Dollar Agreement attached as Addendum A between the Company and the Director.

 

Article 4

Beneficiaries

 

4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall designate a beneficiary by filing a written designation with the Company. The Director may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Director and received by the Company during the Director’s lifetime. The Director’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Director, or if the Director names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Director’s estate.

 

4.2 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability with respect to such benefit.

 

Article 5

General Limitations

 

5.1 Termination for Cause . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Company terminates the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties;

 

(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or


(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director commits suicide within three years after the date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for any benefits provided by the Company to the Director.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . An Director or beneficiary (“claimant”) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.

 

6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;

 

(d) An explanation of the Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.


6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate if no benefit is payable to the Director due to the Director’s Termination for Cause, Suicide or Misstatement as set forth in Article 5.


Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.

 

8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term “Company” as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.

 

8.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.

 

8.6 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.

 

8.7 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.

 

8.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.9 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for the Agreement;


(b) Maintaining a record of benefit payments;

 

(c) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer the Agreement; and

 

(d) Interpreting the provisions of the Agreement.

 

8.10 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under this Agreement. It may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Director and the Company have signed this Agreement.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Gregory Childress        
    Title  

 



BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

BANK OF THE SIERRA

DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT

 

Gregory Childress

 

I designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Agreement:

 

Primary:                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Contingent:                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

 

Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.

 

I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.

 

Signature  

 


Date                     
Received by the Company this      day of              , 2002.
By  

 


Title  

 



BANK OF THE SIERRA

SPLIT DOLLAR AGREEMENT

 

(ADDENDUM A TO THE BANK OF SIERRA DIRECTOR RETIREMENT AGREEMENT)

 

THIS AGREEMENT is adopted this 1st day of October, 2002, by and between BANK OF THE SIERRA, a state-chartered commercial bank located in Porterville, California (the “Company”), and GREGORY CHILDRESS (the “Director”). This Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith or as subsequently amended, by and between the aforementioned parties.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

To encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company is willing to divide the death proceeds of a life insurance policy on the Director’s life. The Company will pay life insurance premiums from its general assets.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The Company and the Director agree as follows:

 

Article 1

General Definitions

 

The following terms shall have the meanings specified:

 

1.1 “ Director Retirement Agreement” means that Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director on even date herewith.

 

1.2 “ Insured” means the Director.

 

1.3 “ Insurer” means each life insurance carrier in which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.

 

1.4 “ Normal Retirement Age” means the Director attaining 70 years of age.

 

1.5 “ Normal Retirement Date” means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Service.

 

1.6 “ Policy” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.

 

1.7 “Termination for Cause” means the Company terminating the Director’s service for:

 

(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Company;


(b) Commission of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Director’s service with the Company; or

 

(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Company policy committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company.

 

1.8 “ Termination of Service” means the Director ceasing to be a member of the Company’s Board of Directors for any reason whatsoever, other than by reason of an approved leave of absence.

 

Article 2

Policy Ownership/Interests

 

2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of the remaining death proceeds of the Policy after the Interest of the Director or the Director’s transferee has been paid according to Section 2.2 below.

 

2.2 Director’s Interest . The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of one of the amounts in (a) or (b) below, depending upon time of death.

 

a) Pre-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director prior to Normal Retirement Date while actively serving as a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is $250,000.

 

b) Post-retirement Death Benefit. Upon the death of the Director after Termination of Service and while receiving a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, the split dollar death benefit under this Agreement is the accrued liability on the books of the Company, which amount should equal the present value of the remaining benefit to be paid under the Director Retirement Agreement. In the event that a benefit was paid in full and no liability remains on the books of the Company or if the Director was not eligible for a benefit under the Director Retirement Agreement, no death benefit is due to the Director under this section 2.2(b).

 

2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Agreement is in effect without first giving the Director or the Director’s transferee the option to purchase the Policy for a period of 60 days from written notice of such intention. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the cash surrender value of the Policy. This provision shall not impair the right of the Company to terminate this Agreement.

 

2.4 Comparable Coverage . Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect and in no event shall the Company amend, terminate or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy, unless the Company replaces the Policy with a


comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Agreement and the Company and the Director execute a new Split Dollar Policy Endorsement for said comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors.

 

Article 3

Premiums

 

3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.

 

3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the amount of the current term rate for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s beneficiary. The “current term rate” is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Revenue Rulings 64-328 and 66-110, or any subsequent applicable authority.

 

3.3 Reimbursement . At the end of each Plan Year, the Director shall reimburse the Company in an amount equal to the economic benefit.

 

Article 4

Assignment

 

The Director may assign without consideration all of the Director’s interests in the Policy and in this Agreement to any person, entity or trust. In the event the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Agreement.

 

Article 5

Insurer

 

The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Article 6

Claims and Review Procedure

 

6.1 Claims Procedure . Any person or entity who has not received benefits under the Plan that he or she believes should be paid (the “claimant”) shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:

 

6.1.1 Initiation – Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Company a written claim for the benefits.


6.1.2 Timing of Company Response. The Company shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the Company shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed,

 

(d) An explanation of this Agreement’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, and

 

(e) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

6.2 Review Procedure . If the Company denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Company of the denial, as follows:

 

6.2.1 Initiation – Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Company’s notice of denial, must file with the Company a written request for review.

 

6.2.2 Additional Submissions – Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Company shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits.

 

6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Company shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.


6.2.4 Timing of Company Response . The Company shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Company determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Company can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Company expects to render its decision.

 

6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Company shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Company shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:

 

(a) The specific reasons for the denial,

 

(b) A reference to the specific provisions of this Agreement on which the denial is based,

 

(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and

 

(d) A statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).

 

Article 7

Amendments and Termination

 

This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Director; however, this Agreement will automatically terminate upon the Director’s Termination for Cause or in the event the Insurer refuses to pay a death benefit according to the terms of the Policy.

 

Article 8

Miscellaneous

 

8.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.

 

8.2 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain in the service of the Company, nor does it interfere with the shareholders’ rights to replace the Director. It also does not require the Director to remain in the service of the Company nor interfere with the Director’s right to terminate services at any time.

 

8.3 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.


8.4 Reorganization. The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company.

 

8.5 Notice . Any notice, consent or demand required or permitted to be given under the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement by one party to another shall be in writing, shall be signed by the party giving or making the same, and may be given either by delivering the same to such other party personally, or by mailing the same, by United States certified mail, postage prepaid, to such party, addressed to his or her last known address as shown on the records of the Company. The date of such mailing shall be deemed the date of such mailed notice, consent or demand.

 

8.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.

 

8.7 Administration. The Company shall have powers which are necessary to administer this Agreement, including but not limited to:

 

(a) Interpreting the provisions of this Agreement;

 

(b) Establishing and revising the method of accounting for this Agreement;

 

(c) Maintaining a record of benefit payments; and

 

(d) Establishing rules and prescribing any forms necessary or desirable to administer this Agreement.

 

8.8 Named Fiduciary. The Company shall be the named fiduciary and plan administrator under the Agreement. The named fiduciary may delegate to others certain aspects of the management and operation responsibilities of the plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of ministerial duties to qualified individuals.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

DIRECTOR:   COMPANY:
    BANK OF THE SIERRA

 


  By  

 


Gregory Childress        
    Title  

 


Exhibit 10.22

Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

LOGO

THE EXECUTIVE

NONQUALIFIED “EXCESS” PLAN

Plan Document

LOGO

© 2000 Executive Benefit Services, Inc.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

THE EXECUTIVE NONQUALIFIED EXCESS PLAN

 

    Page

Section 1. Purpose   1
Section 2. Definitions   1
    2.1    “Accrued Benefit”   1
    2.2    “Active Participant”   1
    2.3    “Adoption Agreement”   1
    2.4    “Adjustment Date”   1
    2.5    “Beneficiary”   2
    2.6    “Board”   2
    2.7    “College Education Account”   2
    2.8    “Committee”   2
    2.9    “Compensation”   2
    2.10    “Deferred Compensation Account”   2
    2.11    “Dependent Subaccount”   2
    2.12    “Disability”   2
    2.13    “Effective Date”   3
    2.14    “Eligible Dependent”   3
    2.15    “Employee”   3
    2.16    “Employer”   3
    2.17    “Employer Matching Credits”   3
    2.18    “Employer Performance Incentive Credits”   3
    2.19    “Independent Contractor”   3
    2.20    “Normal Retirement Age”   4
    2.21    “Participant”   4
    2.22    “Participating Employer”   4
    2.23    “Plan”   4
    2.24    “Plan Administrator”   4
    2.25    “Plan Year”   4
    2.26    “Qualified Distribution Event”   5
    2.27    “Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account”   5
    2.28    “Retire” of “Retirement”   5
    2.29    “Salary Deferral Agreement”   5
    2.30    “Salary Deferral Credits”   5
    2.31    “Service”   5
    2.32    “Sponsor”   5
    2.33    “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse”   5
    2.34    “Trust”   5
    2.35    “Trustee”   5
    2.36    “Years of Service”   5


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Section 3. Credits to Deferred Compensation Account    6
    3.1    Salary Deferral Credits    6
    3.2    Employer Matching Credits    7
    3.3    Employer Performance Incentive Credits    7
Section 4. Qualifying Distribution Events    7
    4.1    Death of a Participant    7
    4.2    Disability    7
    4.3    Termination of Service    7
    4.4    Retirement    8
Section 5. In-Service Withdrawals    8
    5.1    Regular In-Service Withdrawals    8
    5.2    Financial Hardship Withdrawals    9
    5.3    “Haircut” Withdrawals    10
    5.4    College Education Withdrawals    10
Section 6. Qualified Distribution Events Payment Options    11
    6.1    Payment Options    12
    6.2    Prepayment    12
    6.3    Benefit Exchange    12
Section 7. Vesting    13
Section 8. Account; Deemed Investment; Adjustment of Accounts    13
    8.1    Account    13
    8.2    Deemed Investments    13
    8.3    Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Accounts    13
Section 9. Administration by Committee    14
    9.1    Membership of Committee    14
    9.2    Committee officers; Subcommittee    14
    9.3    Committee meetings    14
    9.4    Transaction of business    15
    9.5    Committee records    15
    9.6    Establishment of rules    15
    9.7    Conflicts of interest    15
    9.8    Correction of errors    15
    9.9    Authority to interpret Plan    15
    9.10    Third party advisors    16
    9.11    Compensation of members    16
    9.12    Expense reimbursement    16
    9.13    Indemnification    16
Section 10. Contractual Liability; Trust    17
    10.1    Contractual Liability    17


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

    10.2    Trust    17
Section 11. Allocation of Responsibilities    17
    11.1    Board    17
    11.2    Committee    17
    11.3    Plan Administrator    18
Section 12. Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments    18
    12.1    Benefits not assignable    18
    12.2    Payments to minors and others    18
Section 13. Beneficiary    19
Section 14. Amendment and Termination of Plan    19
Section 15. Communication to Participants    20
Section 16. Claims Procedure    20
    16.1    Filing of a claim for benefits    20
    16.2    Notification to claimant of decision    20
    16.3    Procedure for review    21
    16.4    Decision on review    21
    16.5    Action by authorized representative of claimant    21
Section 17. Miscellaneous Provisions    22
    17.1    Set off    22
    17.2    Notices    22
    17.3    Lost distributees    22
    17.4    Reliance on data    22
    17.5    Receipt and release for payments    23
    17.6    Headings    23
    17.7    Continuation of employment    23
    17.8    Merger or consolidation    23
    17.9    Construction    23


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

LOGO    T HE E XECUTIVE
   N ONQUALIFIED E XCESS ” P LAN

Section 1 . Purpose :

By execution of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer has adopted the Plan set forth herein to provide a means by which certain management Employees and Independent Contractors of the Employer may elect to defer receipt of current Compensation from the Employer in order to provide Retirement and other benefits on behalf of such Employees and Independent Contractors. The Plan is not intended to be a tax-qualified retirement plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated Employees under Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

Section 2 . Definitions :

As used in the Plan, including this Section 2, references to one gender shall include the other and, unless otherwise indicated by the context:

2.1 “Accrued Benefit” shall mean, with respect to each Participant, the balance credited to his Deferred Compensation Account.

2.2 “Active Participant” shall mean, with respect to any day or date, a Participant who is in Service on such day or date; provided, that a Participant who is in Service shall cease to be an Active Participant immediately upon a determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to be an Employee or Independent Contractor.

2.3 “Adoption Agreement” shall mean the written agreement pursuant to which the Employer adopts the Plan. The Adoption Agreement is a part of the Plan as applied to the Employer.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.4 “Adjustment Date” shall mean the date designated in the Adoption Agreement for crediting the amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to each Deferred Compensation Account.

 

2.5 “Beneficiary” shall mean the person, persons, entity or entities designated or determined pursuant to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan.

 

2.6 “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Employer, if the Employer is a corporation. If the Employer is not a corporation, “Board” shall mean the Employer.

 

2.7 “College Education Account” shall mean the separate account to be kept for each Participant and to be divided into one or more Dependent Subaccounts, as described in Section 5.4.

 

2.8 “Committee” shall mean the administrative committee provided for in Section 9.

 

2.9 “Compensation” shall have the meaning designated in the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.10 “Deferred Compensation Account” shall mean the separate account to be kept for each Participant, as described in Sections 3 and 8. To the extent applicable, the Deferred Compensation Account may be credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits.

 

2.11 “Dependent Subaccount” shall mean each separate subaccount to be kept for each Participant as part of his College Education Account, as described in Section 5.4. To the extent applicable, each Dependent Subaccount may be credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits, and Employer Performance Incentive Credits.

 

2.12 “Disability” shall mean the inability of a Participant to perform his regular duties with the Employer or any other duties which the Employer is willing to assign to him by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

to result in death or to be of long continued or indefinite duration. The determination of the existence or nonexistence of Disability shall be made by the Committee in a nondiscriminatory manner pursuant to an examination by a medical doctor selected or approved by the Committee.

2.13 “Effective Date” shall be the date designated in the Adoption Agreement as of which the Plan first becomes effective.

2.14 “Eligible Dependent” shall mean any child (including any legally adopted child) of a Participant who has not attained age 18 and who the Participant designates as an Eligible Dependent in his Salary Deferral Agreement; provided, however, that the Committee in its discretion may approve the designation of an individual other than the child of a Participant as an Eligible Dependent.

2.15 “Employee” shall mean an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is the legal relationship of employer and employee and if the individual is a highly compensated or management employee of the Employer. An individual shall cease to be an Employee upon the first to occur of the following: (i) the Employee’s termination of Service; or (ii) a determination by the Committee that the Employee no longer meets the eligibility requirements for participation in the Plan.

2.16 “Employer” shall mean the Employer identified in the Adoption Agreement, and any Participating Employer which adopts this Plan. The Employer may be a corporation, a partnership or sole proprietorship. All references herein to the Employer shall be applied separately to each such Employer as if the Plan were solely the Plan of that Employer.

2.17 “Employer Matching Credits” shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.2.

2.18 “Employer Performance Incentive Credits” shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.3.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.19 “Independent Contractor” shall mean an individual in the Service of the Employer if the relationship between the individual and the Employer is not the legal relationship of employer and employee. An individual shall cease to be an Independent Contractor upon the termination of the Independent Contractor’s Service. An Independent Contractor shall include a director of the Employer who is not an Employee.

 

2.20 “Normal Retirement Age” of a Participant shall mean the age designated in the Adoption Agreement. The “Normal Retirement Date” of a Participant shall mean the date the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age.

 

2.21 “Participant” shall mean with respect to any Plan Year an Employee or Independent Contractor who has been designated by the Committee as a Participant and who has entered the Plan or who has an Accrued Benefit under the Plan. An Employee or Independent Contractor designated by the Committee as a Participant who has not otherwise entered the Plan shall enter the Plan and become a Participant as of the date determined by the Committee. A Participant who separates from Service with the Employer and who later returns to Service will not be eligible to defer Compensation under the Plan except upon satisfaction of such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish upon the Participant’s return to Service, whether or not the Participant shall have an Accrued Benefit remaining under the Plan on the date of his return to Service.

 

2.22 “Participating Employer” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which adopts this Plan with the consent of the Employer identified in the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.23 “Plan” shall mean The Executive Nonqualified Excess Plan, as herein set out or as duly amended. The name of the Plan as applied to the Employer shall be designated in the Adoption Agreement.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.24 “Plan Administrator” shall mean the person designated in the Adoption Agreement. If the Plan Administrator designated in the Adoption Agreement is unable to serve, the Employer shall be the Plan Administrator.

 

2.25 “Plan Year” shall mean the twelve-month period ending on the last day of the month designated in the Adoption Agreement.

 

2.26 “Qualifying Distribution Event” shall mean the Participant’s Retirement or the termination of Participant’s Service with the Employer for any reason, including as a result of his death or Disability.

 

2.27 “Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account” shall mean the separate account to be kept for each Participant, as described in Section 5.1. To the extent applicable, the Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account may be credited with Salary Deferral Credits.

 

2.28 “Retire” or “Retirement” shall mean Retirement within the meaning of Section 4.4.

 

2.29 “Salary Deferral Agreement” shall mean a written agreement entered into between a Participant and the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.

 

2.30 “Salary Deferral Credits” shall mean the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account by the Employer pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.

 

2.31 “Service” shall mean employment by the Employer as an Employee. If the Participant is an Independent Contractor, “Service” shall mean the period during which the contractual relationship exists between the Employer and the Participant.

 

2.32 “Sponsor” shall mean Executive Benefit Services, Inc.

 

2.33 “Spouse” or “Surviving Spouse” shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the legally married spouse or surviving spouse of a Participant.

 

2.34 “Trust” shall mean the trust fund established pursuant to Section 10.2, if designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

2.35 “Trustee” shall mean the trustee, if any, named in the agreement establishing the Trust and such successor or additional trustee as may be named pursuant to the terms of the agreement establishing the Trust.

 

2.36 “Years of Service” shall mean each Plan Year of Service completed by the Participant. For vesting purposes, Years of Service shall be calculated from the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

 

Section 3 . Credits to Deferred Compensation Account :

 

3.1 Salary Deferral Credits: To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, each Active Participant may elect, by entering into a Salary Deferral Agreement with the Employer, to reduce his Compensation from the Employer by a dollar amount or percentage specified in the Salary Deferral Agreement. The amount of the Participant’s Salary Reduction Credit shall be credited by the Employer to the Deferred Compensation Account maintained for the Participant pursuant to Section 8. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Salary Deferral Credits of a Participant:

 

3.1.1 The Employer shall credit to the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account on each Adjustment Date an amount equal to the total Salary Reduction Credit for the period ending on such Adjustment Date.

 

3.1.2 An election pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be made by the Participant by executing and delivering a Salary Deferral Agreement to the Committee. The Salary Deferral Agreement shall become effective with respect to such Participant as of the first full payroll period commencing on or immediately following the January 1 which occurs after the date such Salary Deferral Agreement is received by the Committee; provided, that a Participant who first becomes a Participant in the Plan during a Plan Year may enter into a Salary Deferral Agreement to be effective as of the first payroll period next following the date he enters the Plan. A Participant’s election shall continue in effect, unless earlier modified by the Participant, until the Service of the Participant is terminated, or, if earlier, until the Participant ceases to be an Active Participant under the Plan.

 

3.1.3 A Participant may unilaterally modify a Salary Deferral Agreement (either to increase or decrease the portion of his future Compensation which is subject to salary deferral within the percentage limits set forth in Section 3.1) by


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

providing a written modification of the Salary Deferral Agreement to the Employer. The modification shall become effective as of the first full payroll period commencing on or immediately following the January 1 which occurs after the date such written modification is received by the Committee. The Participant may terminate the Salary Deferral Agreement effective as of the date designated in the Adoption Agreement.

 

3.1.4 The Committee may from time to time establish policies or rules governing the manner in which Salary Deferral Credits may be made.

 

3.2 Employer Matching Credits: If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, as of each Adjustment Date, the Employer shall cause the Committee to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Participant an Employer matching credit in accordance with the Adoption Agreement.

 

3.3 Employer Performance Incentive Credits: If designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may credit to the Plan for such Plan Year any amount as the Board in its discretion shall determine. The Committee shall have the discretion to credit to the Deferred Compensation Account of each Active Participant an amount of the Employer Performance Incentive Credit for the Plan Year as directed by the Employer.

 

Section 4 . Qualifying Distribution Events :

 

4.1 Death of a Participant : If a Participant dies while in Service, the Employer shall pay a benefit to the Participant’s Beneficiary in the amount designated in the Adoption Agreement. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer pursuant to Section 6. If a Participant dies following his Retirement or termination of Service for any reason, including Disability, and before all payments to him under the Plan have been made, the balance of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid by the Employer to the Participant’s Beneficiary pursuant to Section 6, and such balance shall be determined as of the commencement date of the payments.

 

4.2 Disability: If a Participant suffers a Disability while in Service prior to his Normal Retirement Date, he shall terminate Service with the Employer as of the date of the


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

establishment of his Disability, whereupon he shall commence receiving payment of his vested Accrued Benefit, determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Such benefit shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 6.

 

4.3 Termination of Service: If the Service of a Participant with the Employer shall be terminated for any reason other than Retirement, Disability or death, his vested Accrued Benefit shall be paid to him by the Employer as provided in Section 6, and such


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Accrued Benefit shall be determined as of the commencement date of the payments. If a Participant’s Accrued Benefit is not fully vested at his termination of employment, he shall forfeit that portion of his Accrued Benefit that is not fully vested. If he subsequently returns to Service with the Employer, he shall be treated as a new Participant for purposes of determining the vested portion of his Accrued Benefit.

 

4.4 Retirement:

 

4.4.1 Normal Retirement: A Participant who is in Service shall be eligible to Retire from Service at his Normal Retirement Date and commence receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit, determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer pursuant to Section 6.

 

4.4.2 Early Retirement: If so designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, and subject to the requirements for early retirement set forth therein, a Participant may elect early retirement effective on any date prior to his Normal Retirement Date by filing 30 days’ written notice with the Committee before such date. The Participant shall commence receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Such benefit shall be paid by the Employer as provided in Section 6.

 

4.4.3 Delayed Retirement: If a Participant shall remain in Service following his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement date shall be the date he actually terminates Service for reasons other than death or Disability, whereupon he shall commence receiving payment of his Accrued Benefit, determined as of the commencement date of the payments. Payment of such benefit shall be made by the Employer pursuant to Section 6. During the period that such Participant remains in Service pursuant to this Section 4.4.3, he shall continue to be a Participant for each Plan Year in which he meets the requirements therefor. If an Employee or Independent Contractor not otherwise a Participant becomes eligible to enter the Plan following his Normal Retirement Date, the provisions of this Section 4.4.3 shall apply in determining his Retirement date.

 

Section 5 . In-Service Withdrawals :

 

5.1 Regular In-Service Withdrawals: If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that regular in-service withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan, a


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Participant may make an irrevocable election in the Salary Deferral Agreement to withdraw a designated amount from his Deferred Compensation Account at the specified time or times designated by the Participant in the Salary Deferral Agreement, and the Participant’s Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account shall be credited in an amount equal to the amount so designated for regular in-service withdrawals. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the regular in-service withdrawals:

 

5.1.1 The Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account shall be established, adjusted for payments, credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits, and Employer Performance Incentive Credits, and credited or debited for deemed investment gains or losses in the same manner and at the same time as such adjustments are made to the Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

 

5.1.2 Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 5 to the contrary, if Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance of his Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account has been distributed to him, then the balance in the Regular In-Service Withdrawals Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be combined with the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and distributed to him in the same manner and at the same time as his Deferred Compensation Account is distributed to him under Section 6 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 6.

 

5.2 Financial Hardship Withdrawals: A distribution of the Deferred Compensation Account may be made to a Participant on account of financial hardship, subject to the following provisions:

 

5.2.1 A Participant may, at any time prior to his Retirement or termination of Service for any reason, including Disability, make application to the Committee to receive a distribution in a lump sum of all or a portion of the total vested amount credited to his Deferred Compensation Account (determined as of the date the distribution, if any, is made under this Section 5.2) because of an unforeseeable emergency that results in severe financial hardship to the Participant. A distribution because of an unforeseeable emergency shall not exceed the amount required to meet the immediate financial need created by the unforeseeable emergency and not otherwise reasonably available from other resources of the Participant. Examples of an unforeseeable emergency shall


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

include but shall not be limited to those financial needs arising on account of a sudden or unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of a dependent of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

 

5.2.2 The Participant’s request for a distribution on account of financial hardship must be made in writing to the Committee. The request must specify the nature of the financial hardship, the total amount requested to be distributed from the Deferred Compensation Account, and the total amount of the actual expense incurred or to be incurred on account of financial hardship.

 

5.2.3 If a distribution under this Section 5.2 is approved by the Committee, such distribution will be made as soon as practicable following the date it is approved. The processing of the request shall be completed as soon as practicable from the date on which the Committee receives the properly completed written request for a distribution on account of a financial hardship. If a Participant’s termination of Service occurs after a request is approved in accordance with this Section 5.2.3, but prior to distribution of the full amount approved, the approval of the request shall be automatically null and void and the benefits which the Participant is entitled to receive under the Plan shall be distributed in accordance with the applicable distribution provisions of the Plan. Only one financial hardship distribution shall be made within any Plan Year.

 

5.2.4 The Committee may from time to time adopt additional policies or rules governing the manner in which such distributions may be made so that the Plan may be conveniently administered.

 

5.3 “Haircut” Withdrawals: If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that “haircut” withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan, a Participant in Service may at his option make one or more withdrawals from his Deferred Compensation Account by written request to the Committee; provided, however, that a Participant who requests a withdrawal under this Section 5.3 shall incur a penalty (the “haircut”) equal to a percentage (not less than 10%), as designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, of the amount withdrawn, and this penalty shall be forfeited from the Deferred Compensation Account of the Participant notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

5.4 College Education Withdrawals: If the Employer designates in the Adoption Agreement that college education withdrawals shall be permitted under the Plan, a Participant may elect in the Salary Deferral Agreement for a designated percentage or dollar amount of the Salary Deferral Credits to be credited to a College Education Account to be used to fund the college education of the Participant’s Eligible Dependent or Eligible Dependents. The College Education Account shall be divided into Dependent Subaccounts for each of the Participant’s Eligible Dependents, and the Participant may designate in the Salary Deferral Agreement the percentage or dollar amount of each Salary Deferral Credit to be credited to each Dependent Subaccount; provided, however, that the minimum credit that a Participant may elect to make to any Dependent Subaccount is $1,000. In the absence of a clear designation, all credits made to the College Education Subaccount shall be equally allocated to each Dependent Subaccount. As soon as practicable after an Eligible Dependent of the Participant attains age 18, the Employer shall pay to the Participant the balance in the Dependent Subaccount with respect to such Eligible Dependent in annual installments over a period of four, five or six years, as designated by the Participant in the Salary Deferral Agreement. The following special provisions shall apply with respect to the Dependent Subaccounts:

 

5.4.1 The Dependent Subaccounts shall be established, adjusted for payments, credited with Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits, and Employer Performance Incentive Credits, and credited or debited for deemed investment gains or losses in the same manner and at the same time as such adjustments are made to the Deferred Compensation Account under Section 8 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 8.

 

5.4.2 Notwithstanding any provision in this Section 5 to the contrary, if Participant incurs a Qualifying Distribution Event prior to the date on which the entire balance of his College Education Account has been distributed to him, then the balance in the College Education Account on the date of the Qualifying Distribution Event shall be combined with the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Account and distributed to him in the same manner and at the same time as his Deferred Compensation Account is distributed to him under Section 6 and in accordance with the rules and elections in effect under Section 6.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Section 6. Qualifying Distribution Events Payment Options :

 

6.1 Payment Options: The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the payment options available upon a Qualifying Distribution Event. Upon a Participant’s entry into the Plan, the Participant shall elect among these designated payment options the method under which his vested Accrued Benefit or, in the event of his death, any benefit payable as a result, will be distributed; provided, however, that the Participant may change the method of payment with the consent of the Committee by filing a written election with the Committee at least one year prior to the commencement date of the payments.

 

6.2 Prepayment: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, if a Participant or any other person (a “recipient”) is entitled to receive payments under the Plan, the Committee in its sole discretion may direct the Employer to prepay all or any part of the payments remaining to be made to or on behalf of the recipient, or to shorten the payment period. The amount of such prepayment shall be in full satisfaction of the Employer’s obligations hereunder to the recipient and to all persons claiming under or through the recipient with respect to the payments being prepaid. In the event of a partial prepayment, the Committee shall designate which installments are being prepaid and, if applicable, the accounts of the Participant from which such prepayments shall be debited. The Committee’s determinations under this Section 6.2 shall be final and conclusive upon all parties claiming benefits under this Plan.

 

6.3 Benefit Exchange: Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan, the Employer and the Participant may enter into an agreement under which, in lieu of the payment of the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit upon a Qualifying Distribution Event, the Participant’s vested Accrued Benefit will be exchanged for another nonqualified benefit in accordance with rules established by the Committee.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Section 7 . Vesting :

 

A Participant shall be fully vested (that is, nonforfeitable) in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Salary Deferral Credits, and all income, gains and losses attributable thereto. A Participant shall become fully vested in the portion of his Deferred Compensation Account attributable to Employer Matching Credits, Employer Performance Incentive Credits, and income, gains and losses attributable thereto, on the first to occur of: (i) normal Retirement; (ii) Early Retirement; (iii) death while in Service; or (iv) in accordance with the vesting schedule and provisions designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

 

Section 8 . Account; Deemed Investment; Adjustment of Accounts :

 

8.1 Account: The Committee shall establish a book reserve account, entitled the “Deferred Compensation Account,” on behalf of each Participant. Such account shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3.

 

8.2 Deemed Investments: The Deferred Compensation Account of a Participant shall be credited with an investment return determined as if the account were invested in one or more investment funds made available by the Committee. The Participant shall elect the investment funds in which his Deferred Compensation Account shall be deemed to be invested. Such election shall be made in the manner prescribed by the Committee and shall take effect upon the entry of the Participant into the Plan. The investment election of the Participant shall remain in effect until a new election is made by the Participant. In the event the Participant fails for any reason to make an effective election of the investment return to be credited to his account, the investment return shall be determined by the Committee.

 

8.3 Adjustments to Deferred Compensation Accounts: With respect to each Participant who has a Deferred Compensation Account under the Plan, the amount credited


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

to such account shall be adjusted by the following debits and credits, at the times and in the order stated:

 

8.3.1 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be debited each business day with the total amount of any payments made from such account since the last preceding business day to him or for his benefit.

 

8.3.2 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited on each Adjustment Date with the total amount of any Salary Deferral Credits, Employer Matching Credits and Employer Performance Incentive Credits to such account since the last preceding Adjustment Date.

 

8.3.3 The Deferred Compensation Account shall be credited or debited on each day securities are traded on a national stock exchange with the amount of deemed investment gain or loss resulting from the performance of the investment funds elected by the Participant in accordance with Section 8.2. The amount of such deemed investment gain or loss shall be determined by the Committee and such determination shall be final and conclusive upon all concerned.

 

Section 9 . Administration by Committee :

 

9.1 Membership of Committee: The Committee shall consist of at least three individuals who shall be appointed by the Board to serve at the pleasure of the Board. Any member of the Committee may resign, and his successor, if any, shall be appointed by the Board. The Committee shall be responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the Plan and for carrying out its provisions, except to the extent all or any of such obligations are specifically imposed on the Board.

 

9.2 Committee officers; Subcommittee: The members of the Committee shall elect a Chairman and may elect an acting Chairman. They shall also elect a Secretary and may elect an acting Secretary, either of whom may be but need not be a member of the Committee. The Committee may appoint from its membership such subcommittees with such powers as the Committee shall determine, and may authorize one or more of its members or any agent to execute or deliver any instruments or to make any payment on behalf of the Committee.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

9.3 Committee meetings: The Committee shall hold such meetings upon such notice, at such places and at such intervals as it may from time to time determine. Notice of meetings shall not be required if notice is waived in writing by all the members of the Committee at the time in office, or if all such members are present at the meeting.

 

9.4 Transaction of business: A majority of the members of the Committee at the time in office shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. All resolutions or other actions taken by the Committee at any meeting shall be by vote of a majority of those present at any such meeting and entitled to vote. Resolutions may be adopted or other action taken without a meeting upon written consent thereto signed by all of the members of the Committee.

 

9.5 Committee records: The Committee shall maintain full and complete records of its deliberations and decisions. The minutes of its proceedings shall be conclusive proof of the facts of the operation of the Plan.

 

9.6 Establishment of rules: Subject to the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may from time to time establish rules or by-laws for the administration of the Plan and the transaction of its business.

 

9.7 Conflicts of interest: No individual member of the Committee shall have any right to vote or decide upon any matter relating solely to himself or to any of his rights or benefits under the Plan (except that such member may sign unanimous written consent to resolutions adopted or other action taken without a meeting), except relating to the terms of his Salary Deferral Agreement.

 

9.8 Correction of errors: The Committee may correct errors and, so far as practicable, may adjust any benefit or credit or payment accordingly. The Committee may in its discretion waive any notice requirements in the Plan; provided, that a waiver of notice in one or more cases shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of notice in any other case. With respect to any power or authority which the Committee has discretion to exercise under the Plan, such discretion shall be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

9.9 Authority to interpret Plan: Subject to the claims procedure set forth in Section 16, the Plan Administrator and the Committee shall have the duty and discretionary authority to interpret and construe the provisions of the Plan and to decide any dispute which may arise regarding the rights of Participants hereunder, including the discretionary authority to construe the Plan and to make determinations as to eligibility and benefits under the Plan. Determinations by the Plan Administrator and the Committee shall apply uniformly to all persons similarly situated and shall be binding and conclusive upon all interested persons.

 

9.10 Third party advisors: The Committee may engage an attorney, accountant, actuary or any other technical advisor on matters regarding the operation of the Plan and to perform such other duties as shall be required in connection therewith, and may employ such clerical and related personnel as the Committee shall deem requisite or desirable in carrying out the provisions of the Plan. The Committee shall from time to time, but no less frequently than annually, review the financial condition of the Plan and determine the financial and liquidity needs of the Plan. The Committee shall communicate such needs to the Employer so that its policies may be appropriately coordinated to meet such needs.

 

9.11 Compensation of members: No fee or compensation shall be paid to any member of the Committee for his Service as such.

 

9.12 Expense reimbursement: The Committee shall be entitled to reimbursement by the Employer for its reasonable expenses properly and actually incurred in the performance of its duties in the administration of the Plan.

 

9.13 Indemnification: No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by him or on his behalf as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless, directly from its own assets (including the proceeds of any


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

insurance policy the premiums for which are paid from the Employer’s own assets), each member of the Committee and each other officer, employee, or director of the Employer to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be delegated or allocated, against any unreimbursed or uninsured cost or expense (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the prior written approval of the Board) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud, bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.

 

Section 10 . Contractual Liability; Trust :

 

10.1 Contractual Liability: The obligation of the Employer to make payments hereunder shall constitute a contractual liability of the Employer to the Participant. Such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Employer, and the Employer shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payments shall be made, and the Participant shall not have any interest in any particular assets of the Employer by reason of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payment from the Employer, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured creditor of the Employer.

 

10.2 Trust: If so designated in Section 2.34 of the Adoption Agreement, the Employer may establish a Trust with the Trustee, pursuant to such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Trust, if and when established, is intended to be treated as a grantor trust for purposes of the Code. The establishment of the Trust is not intended to cause Participants to realize current income on amounts contributed thereto, and the Trust shall be so interpreted and administered.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

Section 11 . Allocation of Responsibilities :

 

The persons responsible for the Plan and the duties and responsibilities allocated to each are as follows:

 

11.1 Board:

 

(i) To amend the Plan;

 

(ii) To appoint and remove members of the Committee; and

 

(iii) To terminate the Plan.

 

11.2 Committee:

 

(i) To designate Participants;

 

(ii) To interpret the provisions of the Plan and to determine the rights of the Participants under the Plan, except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 16 relating to claims procedure;

 

(iii) To administer the Plan in accordance with its terms, except to the extent powers to administer the Plan are specifically delegated to another person or persons as provided in the Plan;

 

(iv) To account for the Accrued Benefits of Participants; and

 

(v) To direct the Employer in the payment of benefits.

 

11.3 Plan Administrator:

 

(i) To file such reports as may be required with the United States Department of Labor, the Internal Revenue Service and any other government agency to which reports may be required to be submitted from time to time; and

 

(ii) To administer the claims procedure to the extent provided in Section 16.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

Section 12 . Benefits Not Assignable; Facility of Payments :

12.1 Benefits not assignable: No portion of any benefit credited or paid under the Plan with respect to any Participant shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void, nor shall any portion of such benefit be in any manner payable to any assignee, receiver or any one trustee, or be liable for his debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts.

12.2 Payments to minors and others: If any individual entitled to receive a payment under the Plan shall be physically, mentally or legally incapable of receiving or acknowledging receipt of such payment, the Committee, upon the receipt of satisfactory evidence of his incapacity and satisfactory evidence that another person or institution is maintaining him and that no guardian or committee has been appointed for him, may cause any payment otherwise payable to him to be made to such person or institution so maintaining him. Payment to such person or institution shall be in full satisfaction of all claims by or through the Participant to the extent of the amount thereof.

Section 13 . Beneficiary :

The Participant’s beneficiary shall be the person or persons designated by the Participant on the beneficiary designation form provided by and filed with the Committee or its designee. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary, the beneficiary shall be his Surviving Spouse. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary and has no Surviving Spouse, the beneficiary shall be the Participant’s estate. The designation of a beneficiary may be changed or revoked only by filing a new beneficiary designation form with the Committee or its designee. If a beneficiary (the “primary beneficiary”) is receiving or is entitled to receive payments under the Plan and dies before receiving all of the payments due him, the balance to which he is entitled shall be paid to the contingent beneficiary, if any, named in the Participant’s current beneficiary designation form. If there is no contingent beneficiary, the balance shall be


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

paid to the estate of the primary beneficiary. Any beneficiary may disclaim all or any part of any benefit to which such beneficiary shall be entitled hereunder by filing a written disclaimer with the Committee before payment of such benefit is to be made. Such a disclaimer shall be made in a form satisfactory to the Committee and shall be irrevocable when filed. Any benefit disclaimed shall be payable from the Plan in the same manner as if the beneficiary who filed the disclaimer had died on the date of such filing.

 

Section 14 . Amendment and Termination of Plan :

 

The Board may amend any provision of the Plan or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, that in no event shall such amendment or termination reduce any Participant’s Accrued Benefit as of the date of such amendment or termination, nor shall any such amendment affect the terms of the Plan relating to the payment of such Accrued Benefit.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be terminated upon the occurrence of one or more of the events designated in the Adoption Agreement. Upon the occurrence of a termination event, the Accrued Benefit of each Participant shall become fully vested and payable to the Participant in a lump sum.

 

Section 15 . Communication to Participants :

 

The Employer shall make a copy of the Plan available for inspection by Participants and their beneficiaries during reasonable hours at the principal office of the Employer.

 

Section 16 . Claims Procedure :

 

The following claims procedure shall apply with respect to the Plan:

 

16.1 Filing of a claim for benefits: If a Participant or beneficiary (the “claimant”) believes that he is entitled to benefits under the Plan which are not being paid to him or which are not being accrued for his benefit, he shall file a written claim therefor with the Plan Administrator. In the event the Plan Administrator shall be the claimant, all actions which are required to be taken by the Plan Administrator pursuant to this Section 16 shall be taken instead by another member of the Committee designated by the Committee.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

16.2 Notification to claimant of decision: Within 90 days after receipt of a claim by the Plan Administrator (or within 180 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant of his decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, there shall be furnished to the claimant prior to expiration of the initial 90-day period written notice of the extension, which notice shall set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the decision shall be furnished. If such claim shall be wholly or partially denied, notice thereof shall be in writing and worded in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall set forth: (i) the specific reason or reasons for the denial; (ii) specific reference to pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and (iv) an explanation of the procedure for review of the denial. If the Plan Administrator fails to notify the claimant of the decision in timely manner, the claim shall be deemed denied as of the close of the initial 90-day period (or the close of the extension period, if applicable).

 

16.3 Procedure for review: Within 60 days following receipt by the claimant of notice denying his claim, in whole or in part, or, if such notice shall not be given, within 60 days following the latest date on which such notice could have been timely given, the claimant shall appeal denial of the claim by filing a written application for review with the Committee. Following such request for review, the Committee shall fully and fairly review the decision denying the claim. Prior to the decision of the Committee, the claimant shall be given an opportunity to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing.


16.4 Decision on review: The decision on review of a claim denied in whole or in part by the Plan Administrator shall be made in the following manner:

 

16.4.1 Within 60 days following receipt by the Committee of the request for review (or within 120 days if special circumstances require an extension of time), the Committee shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision with regard to the claim. In the event of such special circumstances requiring an extension of time, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the commencement of the extension. If the decision on review is not furnished in a timely manner, the claim shall be deemed denied as of the close of the initial 60-day period (or the close of the extension period, if applicable).

 

16.4.2 With respect to a claim that is denied in whole or in part, the decision on review shall set forth specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and shall cite specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

 

16.4.3 The decision of the Committee shall be final and conclusive.

 

16.5 Action by authorized representative of claimant: All actions set forth in this Section 16 to be taken by the claimant may likewise be taken by a representative of the claimant duly authorized by him to act in his behalf on such matters. The Plan Administrator and the Committee may require such evidence as either may reasonably deem necessary or advisable of the authority to act of any such representative.

 

Section 17 . Miscellaneous Provisions :

 

17.1 Set off: Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the Employer may reduce the amount of any payment otherwise payable to or on behalf of a Participant hereunder by the amount of any loan, cash advance, extension of credit or other obligation of the Participant to the Employer that is then due and payable, and the Participant shall be deemed to have consented to such reduction.

 

17.2 Notices : Each Participant who is not in Service and each beneficiary shall be responsible for furnishing the Committee or its designee with his current address for the mailing of notices and benefit payments. Any notice required or permitted to be given to such Participant or beneficiary shall be deemed given if directed to such address and mailed by regular United States mail, first class, postage prepaid. If any check mailed to such address is


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

returned as undeliverable to the addressee, mailing of checks will be suspended until the Participant or beneficiary furnishes the proper address. This provision shall not be construed as requiring the mailing of any notice or notification otherwise permitted to be given by posting or by other publication.

 

17.3 Lost distributees: A benefit shall be deemed forfeited if the Plan Administrator is unable to locate the Participant or beneficiary to whom payment is due on or before the fifth anniversary of the date payment is to be made or commence; provided, that the deemed investment rate of return pursuant to Section 8.2 shall cease to be applied to the Participant’s account following the first anniversary of such date; provided further, however, that such benefit shall be reinstated if a valid claim is made by or on behalf of the Participant or beneficiary for all or part of the forfeited benefit.

 

17.4 Reliance on data: The Employer, the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall have the right to rely on any data provided by the Participant or by any beneficiary. Representations of such data shall be binding upon any party seeking to claim a benefit through a Participant, and the Employer, the Committee and the Plan Administrator shall have no obligation to inquire into the accuracy of any representation made at any time by a Participant or beneficiary.

 

17.5 Receipt and release for payments: Subject to the provisions of Section 17.1, any payment made from the Plan to or with respect to any Participant or beneficiary, or pursuant to a disclaimer by a beneficiary, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder against the Plan and the Employer with respect to the Plan. The recipient of any payment from the Plan may be required by the Committee, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release with respect thereto in such form as shall be acceptable to the Committee.

 

17.6 Headings: The headings and subheadings of the Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.


Exhibit 10.22 – 401 Plus Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan

 

17.7 Continuation of employment: The establishment of the Plan shall not be construed as conferring any legal or other rights upon any Employee or any persons for continuation of employment, nor shall it interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee or to deal with him without regard to the effect thereof under the Plan.

 

17.8 Merger or consolidation: No employer-party to the Plan shall consolidate or merge into or with another corporation or entity, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another corporation, partnership, trust or other entity (a “Successor Entity”) unless such Successor Entity shall assume the rights, obligations and liabilities of the employer-party under the Plan and upon such assumption, the Successor Entity shall become obligated to perform the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

17.9 Construction: The Employer shall designate in the Adoption Agreement the state according to whose laws the provisions of the Plan shall be construed and enforced, except to the extent that such laws are superseded by ERISA.

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-74616 on Form S-8 for Sierra Bancorp, of our reports dated March 13, 2006 with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Sierra Bancorp as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended and management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2005, which reports appear in the December 31, 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Sierra Bancorp.

/s/ Vavrinek, Trine, Day & Co., LLP

Rancho Cucamonga, California

March 13, 2006

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-74616 of Sierra Bancorp on Form S-8 of our report, dated January 23, 2004, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Sierra Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2005.

/s/ Perry-Smith LLP

Sacramento, California

March 8, 2006

Exhibit 31.1

 

Exhibit 31.1 – Certification of Chief Executive Officer (Section 302 Certification)

 

I, James C. Holly, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) of Sierra Bancorp (“Registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, the Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the Annual Report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in the Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in the Annual Report;

 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the Annual Report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in the Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in the Annual Report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors:

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 13, 2006

 

   

/s/ James C. Holly


    James C. Holly
    President / CEO

Exhibit 31.2

 

Exhibit 31.2 – Certification of Chief Financial Officer (Section 302 Certification)

 

I, Kenneth R. Taylor, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) of Sierra Bancorp (“Registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, the Annual Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by the Annual Report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in the Annual Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in the Annual Report;

 

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which the Annual Report is being prepared;

 

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in the Annual Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by the Annual Report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in the Annual Report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors:

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 13, 2006

 

   

/s/ Kenneth R. Taylor


    Kenneth R. Taylor
    Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32

 

Exhibit 32 – Certification of Periodic Financial Report

 

James C. Holly and Kenneth R. Taylor hereby certify as follows:

 

1. They are the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, of Sierra Bancorp.

 

2. The Form 10-K of Sierra Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2005 complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)) and the information contained in the report on Form 10-K fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Sierra Bancorp.

 

March 13, 2006


Date

     

/s/ James C. Holly


    James C. Holly
        President &
        Chief Executive Officer

March 13, 2006


Date

     

/s/ Kenneth R. Taylor


    Kenneth R. Taylor
        Senior Vice President &
        Chief Financial Officer